Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2016-12-01 Info PacketCITY COUNCIL INFORMATION PACKET CITY OF IOWA CITY www.icgov.org December 1, 2016 IPI Council Tentative Meeting Schedule DECEMBER 6 WORK SESSION IP2 Work Session Agenda IP3 Memo from Public Works Dir.: Public Works Master Plan IP4 Memo from City Clerk: City Clerk Search Process MISCELLANEOUS IP5 Pending City Council Work Session Topics I136 Memo from Mayor: Sanctuary City IP7 Memo from City Clerk: KXIC Radio Show IP8 Memo from Sustainability Coordinator: Climate Actions Plan Scope of Services IP9 Memo from City Clerk and Equity Director: Listening Post Update IP10 Listening Post Summary report IP11 Civil Service Entrance Examination —Maintenance Worker II -Streets IP12 Copy of news release: Police Department Re -Accreditation Assessment Team invites public comment IP13 Copy of news release: Animal Center to host Holiday with the Hounds on Dec. 10 IP14 Copy of news release: City Clerk Marian Karr announces retirement IP15 Copy of news release: Parks Master Plan public meeting scheduled Dec. 10 DRAFT MINUTES IP16 Community Police Review Board: November 7, November 15 IP17 Human Rights Commission: November 15 IP18 Planning and Zoning Commission: November 17 Historic Preservation Commission: November 10 [Distributed as Late handout on 12/5/16.] CITY COUNCIL INFORMATION PACKET CITY OF IOWA CITY www.icgov.org December 1, 2016 IPI Council Tentative Meeting Schedule DECEMBER 6 WORK SESSION IP2 Work Session Agenda IP3 Memo from Public Worli IP4 Memo from City Clerk: Public Works Master Plan Clerk Search Process ISCELLANEOUS IPS Pending City Council Work Sess\TopicsIP6 Memo from Mayor: Sanctuary CitIP7 Memo from City Clerk: KXIC RadiIPS Memo from Sustainability Coordina IP9 Memo from City Clerk and Equity Director: Li IP10 Listening Post Summary report IP11 Civil Service Entrance Examination — aint IP12 Copy of news release: Police Depa ment public comment IP13 Copy of news release: Animal Cent r to host Holiday with IP14 Copy of news release: City Clerk arian Karr announces i IP15 Copy of news release: Parks M ter Plan public meeting s ns Plan Scope of Services Post Update DRAFT MINUTES II - Streets in Assessment Team invites IP16 Community Police Revia Board: November 7, November 15 IP17 Human Rights Comm! sion: November 15 IP18 Planning and Zoning Commission: November 17 Hounds on Dec. 10 Dec. 10 City Council Tentative Meeting Schedule IP1 y^ Subject to change CITY IOWA CITY December 1, 2016 Date Time Meeting Location Tuesday, December 6, 2016 3:00 PM Special Formal/Executive Session Emma J. Harvat Hall 3:30 PM Tour of PW facilities 5:00 PM Work Session Emma J. Harvat Hall 7:00 PM Formal Meeting Emma J. Harvat Hall Tuesday, January 3, 2017 5:00 PM Work Session Emma J. Harvat Hall 7:00 PM Formal Meeting Saturday, January 7, 2017 8:OOA-5:OOP Budget Work Session Emma J. Harvat Hall Tuesday, January 10, 2017 1:00-7:00 P Budget Work Session (CIP) Emma J. Harvat Hall Tuesday, January 17, 2017 5:00 PM Conference Board Meeting Emma J. Harvat Hall Work Session 7:00 PM Formal Meeting Tuesday, February 7, 2017 5:00 PM Work Session Emma J. Harvat Hall 7:00 PM Formal Meeting Tuesday, February 21, 2017 5:00 PM Conference Board Meeting Emma J. Harvat Hall Work Session 7:00 PM Formal Meeting Tuesday, March 7, 2017 5:00 PM Work Session Emma J. Harvat Hall 7:00 PM Formal Meeting Tuesday, March 21, 2017 5:00 PM Work Session Emma J. Harvat Hall 7:00 PM Formal Meeting Tuesday, April 4, 2017 5:00 PM Work Session Emma J. Harvat Hall 7:00 PM Formal Meeting Tuesday, April 18, 2017 5:00 PM Work Session Emma J. Harvat Hall 7:00 PM Formal Meeting Tuesday, May 2, 2017 5:00 PM Work Session Emma J. Harvat Hall 7:00 PM Formal Meeting Tuesday, May 16, 2017 5:00 PM Work Session Emma J. Harvat Hall 7:00 PM Formal Meeting - _fi. _ ' CITY OF IOWA CITY 410 East Washington Street Iowa City. Iowa 52240-1826 (3 19) 356-5000 (319)356-5009 FAX www.icgoy.org City Council Public Works Facility Tour Tuesday, December 6, 2016 3:30 PM [Live -streaming is not available for off-site meetings, such as this one; Transcriptions and audio of the tour will not be available. Members of the public or media interested in attending the tour are encouraged to contact the City Clerk's office at 356-5040 in advance] • Public Works facility tour Work Session Agenda Emma J. Harvat Hall - City Hall 5:00 PM • Public Works facility master plan overview • City Clerk Selection Process • Meeting with area Legislators • Clarification of Agenda Items • Information Packet Discussion [November 17, 23, December 1] rTTRTM CITY OF IOWA CITY 13 MEMORANDUM Date: December 1, 2016 To: Geoff Fruin, City Manager From: Ron Knoche, Public Works Director Re: Public Works Master Plan Introduction: The City of Iowa City has approximately 14 acres of property generally located at the Northwest corner of McCollister Boulevard and South Gilbert Street. This property was originally purchased for a Public Works Facility. This will allow the redevelopment of the Old Public Works Site located at the corner of Riverside Drive and Highway 6. History/Background: In 1999, the City purchased property along South Gilbert Street for a Public Works Facility. At that time, the site was to include Streets and Traffic Engineering equipment and material storage, Equipment Maintenance and the Fuel Facility. The plan developed in 1999 allowed for future expansion. In 2001, the first phase of the project was completed with the construction of the Streets Administration Building. This allowed Streets to relocate from a building on the Old Public Works Site. In 2005, the City revised the Facility Plan. This included a larger Salt Storage Building and shop space, equipment storage and pipe storage for Water Distribution. This led to the construction of the Salt Storage Building. The Flood of 2008 led to the purchase of additional property along the Iowa River and added to the overall property available for the Public Works Facility development. In 2012, the City revised the Facility Plan. This revision led to the construction of the Fuel Facility, Refuse Warm Storage Building and the Washout area for the refuse trucks. In 2015, the City hired Neumann Monson Architects to update the Master Plan. Neumann Monson sub -consulted with Maintenance Design Group. Discussion of Solutions: At this time, we recommend moving forward with Scheme G2 as presented in the Public Works Master Plan. The final report is included with this memo. The final recommendation in the master plan is Scheme H which included purchasing the property at the Northwest corner of McCollister Boulevard and South Gilbert Street. This property is no longer available for purchase and Scheme H is no longer an option. Financial Impact: The ultimate build out of the Public Works Master Plan is estimated at $40.3 million. This project has truly become a Municipal Campus as Public Safety, Transit, Streets, Traffic Engineering, Water Distribution and Equipment are co -located on the site. This combination opens different funding opportunities, which could also include the proceeds from the sale of the Old Public Works Site. Recommendation: As a part of the December 6, 2016 work session, City and Neumann Monson staff will take Council on a tour of the current facilities and then present the development of the Public Works Master Plan. Staff and the consultant will answer questions and concerns. The questions not able to answered during the work session will be answered during the Capital Improvements Plan presentation in January. CITY OF IOWA CITY Public Works Master Plan Prepared by: NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC Table of Contents Report Overview 3 Acknowledgements 3 SECTION 1 - PROJECT OVERVIEW 4 Introduction 4 Departments and Functions to be centralized 5 Existing Sites 6 Master Planning Team 9 Past Planning Efforts 9 Purpose and Use 9 Methodology 9 Existing Land use 10 Environmental Considerations 12 Utilities 13 Existing Site Utilization 14 SECTION 2 - BASIS FOR DESIGN 15 Introduction 15 Public Works Shared Areas 15 Solid Waste/Refuse Department 16 Streets Department 18 Traffic Department 20 Water Distribution Department 21 Equipment Maintenance Department 23 Transit Department 25 Fire Department 26 Police Department 27 Landfill Department 27 General Site Requirements 28 Current Site/Building conditions 29 SECTION 3 - SPACE NEEDS PROGRAM 48 Introduction 48 Programming Focus 48 Sites 48 Departments 49 Master Plan Programming 51 Data Sources 51 Methodology 51 Space Standards 52 Circulation Factors 53 Space Needs Program 53 Space Needs Program Summary 54 Depatmental Staff Summary 55 Parking Requirements 55 SECTION 4 - SITE MASTER PLAN AND CONCEPT BUILDING DESIGN 56 Introduction 56 Site and Facility Planning 56 Charrette Process 57 Site Master Plan 58 Land Purchase 58 Final Site Master Plan 59 Benefits of the Master Plan Design Solution 61 Efficiency Gains Expected 62 Goals 62 Design Ideas 64 South Distric Destinations 65 SECTION 5 - DESIGN CRITERIA 68 Introduction 68 Potential sustainable design features 69 Sustainability 70 Office Areas 74 Office Support 82 Shop Areas 95 Support Areas 104 Vehicle Repair / Service Areas 107 Storage Areas 118 Wash Areas 120 Vehicle / Equipment Storage Areas 123 SECTION 6 - OPINION OF PROBABLE COST 128 Overview 128 Budget Summary 128 Recommended Construction 128 APPENDICES 129 Appendix - Project Comparison 129 Appendix - Design Options 133 Appendix - Charrette Design Review Comments 137 Appendix - Site Utilities Diagram from the City of Iowa City 138 Appendix - Final Master Plan options 139 Appendix - Final Master Plan options 140 REPORT OVERVIEW This Master Planning Report prepared by the Master Planning Team consists of six sections. The following is a brief description of the contents of each section: Section One - Project Overview Describes the background of the project and existing conditions, such as site locations and issues. This section also gives an overview of the complete report. Section Two - Basis for Desian Presents departmental summaries of the qualitative key planning issues that were noted during the programming interview sessions. These interviews were held with staff from each of the Iowa City Public Works (ICPW) departments. The summaries include a description of the responsibilities of each department, hours of operation, staffing counts, vehicle storage and parking requirements, vehicles maintained, key affinities, and a list of key planning issues. Section Three - SDace Needs Proaram Offers a summary of the total area required for a new Public Works Campus. Also presented is the roster of current and future employees and the parking needs of a new facility. The appendix offers a detailed listing of space requirements for each department to be included in the proposed consolidation and buildout at the Napoleon Site. The intent of the space needs program is to identify (in detail) the spaces and areas needed to fulfill the functional requirements of each department or group. Programmed spaces are further defined by their quantity, area, and any remarks significant to the planning process. Also included are the Space Standards or dimensional standards critical for function or design. Section Four - Site Master Plan and Concept Buildina Design Provides a descriptive narrative of the master planning goals and addresses the issues and constraints of the site and building. Site master plans and building concepts developed during an on-site master planning charrette are presented in this section. Also featured are conceptual building floorplans that were refined and developed, based on a preferred design option identified through the charrette process. These conceptual floorplans enhance the validity and understanding of the final facility master plan. Additional renderings and diagrams are included to enhance the understanding of building volume, scale, function and necessary clear height requirements based on the preliminary design analysis. Note: The Landfill Departments will have a separate concept, as this department is not being relocated to the Napoleon Site facility. Section Five - Desian Criteria Presents a detailed technical and functional description and graphic of the areas in the facility. This criterion provides the final design team with a greater understanding of the technical, system and equipment requirements for each programmatic area. Section Six - ODinion of Probable Cost This section presents the Opinion of Probable Costs for the final selected master plan. These costs represent a Rough Order of Magnitude (ROM) or Conceptual Level Estimate, and are based on casts -per - square -foot, conceptual building plans, and program quantities and takeoffs. The summary includes a phasing plan to provide and option for phased project construction. Appendices . Appendix A: Staffing Data . Appendix B: Fleet Data . Appendix C: Existing Facility and Site Maps, Data, and Floor Plans . Appendix D: Existing Facility Photo Documentation . Appendix E: Charrette Alternative Concepts . Appendix F: Budget Detail ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The Master Planning Team would like to acknowledge the efforts and contribution of the Iowa City Public Works staff during the facility programming and master planning effort. This continued enthusiastic participation will ensure the realization of the best possible facility design. Section 1 - Project Overview IN � � �w�% The City of Iowa City's Public Works (ICPW) consists of a seven functional groups or departments. Each of these groups has a specific purpose or mission related to the on-going maintenance of the City's infrastructure, removal and disposal of waste, and/or maintenance of the City's fleet of vehicles and equipment. Additionally, the City's Transit department is organizationally under Public Works, but generally operates as a stand-alone entity; however, there is a great deal of interdepartmental coordination and sharing of resources and capabilities as needed. As of the 2010 Census, the City of Iowa City had a total population of 67,862. The Census Bureau estimated the 2014 population at 73,415, making it the fifth-largest city in the state. Iowa City is adjacent to Coralville, which is located to the northwest, and surrounds the small town of University Heights, with which it forms a contiguous urban area. Iowa City is considered the principal city of the Iowa City Metropolitan Statistical Area, which encompasses Johnson County and Washington County and has a population of over 164,000. The city has a reported area of 25.28 sq miles (65.47 km), and is generally bound by Interstate 80 to the north, Taft Avenue to the east, Napoleon Street to the south, and Highway 218 to the west. Diagram of City Growth 1959-1966 6752 acres 1969-1976 3795 acres 1980-1989 150 acres 1990-1999 1515 acres 2000-2014 1515 acres 2015- Projected 015- Projected in blue NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC TOC 4 DEPARTMENTS AND FUNCTIONS TO BE CENTRALIZED ICPW currently utilizes numerous sites for housing different departments and equipment. This approach, borne from growth and necessity, creates numerous inefficiencies and additional "deadhead" or windshield time for some departmental employees who commute between sites. ICPW has expressed a desire to consolidate operations by moving most of the departments to one centralized site, which would allow existing sites to be sold and would eliminate the need to lease or rent other sites. This suggests that centralization is the long-term goal of ICPW to meet their current and future facility and operational needs. A city -owned site at 3800 Napoleon Lane is being considered for this consolidation effort, and the site currently maintains some ICPW functions. The ICPW departments being considered for consolidation at this site are as follows: Public Works (shared spaces) • Solid Waste/Refuse Department • Streets Department 0 • Traffic Department 0 • Public Works Department • Equipment Maintenance Department 0 • Transit Department 0 • Water Distribution Department 0 Other non-public works departments to have functions at the centralized site • Fire Department 0 • Police Department • Other Departments (not to be centralized) • Landfill Operations 0 The ICPW has a relatively new administration facility for the Landfill Department that is located at 3900 Hebl Avenue. The plan for the administration building is to renovate the existing facility so that it better meets the requirements of the Landfill Department. However, the operations building is not efficient. A new facility will be constructed for the Landfill Department's operations. Proposed Site Consolidation 0 WATER WORKS 1 LANDFILL 6.8 miles, 16 minutes nwr r� °' r�-0 FA8RGF2/JUNDS: ROUTE MILEAGE TIME (MINUTES) Landfill to Napoleon 6.8 16 Fire/police to Napoleon 2.1 8 it FIRE/POLICE DEPT 1 1 I 12.1 miles, 8 minutes I NAPOLEON Section One - Project Overview TOC 5 EXISTING SITES The ICPW departments occupy several sites throughout the metropolitan area. The following graphics represent the individual sites and the departments that operate at each location. The graphics also depict the relative distances between each site. Site Overview - current locations of ICPW sites TIME WATERWORKS ROUTE MILEAGE (MINUTES) Landfill to Riverside 5.7 14 Landfill to Napoleon - - - - - - 6.8 16 Fairgrounds to Riverside - - - - - - 1.8 05 Napoleon to Riverside - - - - - - 1.7 05 Fi�e/ Police'to Big Ten - - - - - - 6.4 12 Gilbert Ct to Napoleon - - - - - - 1.6 05 FIRE/POLICE DEPT I F GILBERT COURT i LANDFILL r RIVERSIDE I •r I � �I ��6 • I 1 NAPOLEON BIG TEN • 600'- 0, 3200•-0• l` FAIRGROUNDS d rr iec� -o• ,� 1 Section One - Project Overview TOC River-.irJP Site The Riverside site located at 1200 South Riverside Drive is the current location for the Solid Waste/Refuse Department, Traffic and Signs, Equipment Maintenance, and Transit departments. During the flooding of the Iowa River in the summer of 2008, access routes to the Riverside Drive Facility were cut off due to high water, limiting fuel availability to service and emergency vehicles. Because of the continued threat of future flooding, long term plans to eliminate operations on Riverside Drive and relocate them to Napoleon Lane have accelerated. Napoleon Site The Napoleon site located at 3800 Napoleon Lane is the proposed future location for most ICPW departments. Currently, the Streets/Traffic Department operates administrative staff and field crews from a main administrative crew building constructed approximately 15 years ago. Additionally, the Traffic Control function and staff are located in the existing main building. Street crew support (crew assembly room, restrooms, and locker rooms) are also in the main building. Street shops and storage functions, and enclosed heated and unheated vehicle and equipment storage (located in aging storage structures), and other vehicle and yard storage functions are located in designated exterior areas. Salt and sand storage buildings house bulk materials, and are generally considered to be adequate for long- term use, with some adjustments and material canopy covers. Solid Waste/Refuse also maintains storage onsite. The City's central fueling facility is located here, and is accessed by all City departments. Section One - Project Overview TOC Landfill Site The Landfill site located at 3900 Hebl Avenue is the City's primary landfill and recycling location. This site is open to private and public waste haulers. The Solid Waste/Refuse Department makes daily routes to the landfill, which makes the final vehicle domicile location for this equipment operationally important as it directly relates to the amount of deadhead mileage generated by the Solid Waste/ Refuse Department. The Landfill Department is also responsible for maintaining and storing large equipment used for landfill operations. The maintenance and storage functions are accommodated in two buildings with direct access to the Landfill. Gilbert Court Site The Water Distribution Department is located at 1222 South Gilbert Court. This site maintains administration, operations, and crew support functions for the Water Department. Additionally, the site includes interior heated vehicle/equipment storage, shop areas, and interior material storage. The exterior yard areas are used for equipment and material yard storage. Section One - Project Overview TOC Fairarounds Site The Johnson County Fairgrounds has buildings that are utilized on a seasonal basis by ICPW. The fairgrounds are located at 4275 Oak Crest Hill Road. The Streets Department and Solid Waste/Refuse currently utilize two buildings to store their vehicles/equipment in the winter months due to limited interior storage at the Riverside and Napoleon Sites. MASTER PLANNING TEAM ICPW selected and contracted with a Master Planning Team led by Neumann Monson Architects and supported by Maintenance Design Group to provide master planning design services for the new Iowa City Public Works facility. As part of the planning process, this Master Planning Report is developed to document assumptions, the planning theory, planning ratios, space needs, design criteria and other technical data pertaining to the unique functions and equipment required by each department, in order to relocate these groups to a new Iowa City Public Works facility. PAST PLANNING EFFORTS Neumann Monson Architects completed a report outlining the master plan in 2002 with updates by Eclipse Consultants in 2005, and by Kueny Architects LLC with Eclipse Consultants in 2012. Since that time, portions of the plan have been implemented and other portions have changed resulting in the need to update the plan. In addition to the Public Works Campus Master Plan update, the Resource Management Division has requested to create a Landfill Facility Master Plan to evaluate the current facilities and address needed improvements. PURPOSE AND USE The purpose of this report is to define functional requirements and space needs, which will serve as a general basis for design for the new facility. This report is generally intended for ICPW use, coordination, and budget development efforts. The report is also intended to be a helpful tool that encourages the user's involvement in the review and verification of data and assumptions. LVA 1211d_iI,6111111ill The Master Planning Team believes that the most successful facility planning projects begin by interacting with users to gain an understanding of the functions and operations that need to be performed within the their respective facilities. Therefore, the Master Planning Team began this project with data collection, observation, and in-depth interviews with staff, related to operations and maintenance practices of the various ICPW divisions. The goal of the Master Planning Team is to plan a facility for ICPW that utilizes the available property and resources in the most efficient way possible. By participating in this time -tested process, the resulting Master Plan, Concept Design, Design Criteria, and associated probable cost information will ultimately be more accurate and useful. Section One - Project Overview TOC EX"cT1NG LAND USE Overview The Napoleon site is located in the South District of Iowa City and is bound by the Iowa River to the west, Gilbert Street to the east, Napoleon Park to the north, and McCollister Boulevard / Terry Trueblood Recreation Area to the south. As indicated in the Iowa City South District Plan', adopted in 2015, "public parks and trails as well as private open space", are defining elements of South Iowa City's identity and sense of place. Some goals of the Iowa City South District Plan are as follows: • Reinforce a shared experience of place. Identify areas within the district that can be enhanced with public art, community gardens, improved bus stops, lighting, or other features that encourage social gathering or interaction. • Extend the Highway 6 trail system and create better pedestrian connections to commercial and industrial properties along both sides of the highway. • Accentuate South Iowa City's connection to the environment and outdoor recreation. Incorporate trees and other landscaping features along major rights-of-way as part of infrastructure improvement projects. • Provide distinctive landscaping, including low -maintenance native plantings at major entrances to South Iowa City and at intersections of arterial streets. • Consider unique signage, public art, and other amenities such as bus shelters, seating, and wayfinding along major rights-of-way. • Collaborate with developers and realtors in promoting South Iowa City's environmental and recreational assets. • Promote energy and water conservation features of new development. Identify buildings or sites that could benefit from solar arrays, reflective rooftops, and other energy/conservation upgrades such as new windows, lighting, entryway improvements, plug-in stations, and improved bike, pedestrian, and bus facilities. • As part of Blue Zones efforts, organize walking clubs at Terry Trueblood Recreation Area for targeted demographics—senior walk days, mommy meet -ups, etc. • Incorporate local foods, art, and culture as part of revitalization efforts. Extend the City of Literature and other arts programming to South Iowa City. • Buffer Residential Development from Incompatible Uses: To help ensure the long-term livability of neighborhoods, provide sufficient buffers between residential uses and activities, such as the waste water treatment plant, highways, etc. ' South District Plan, httos://www.icgov.org/districtolans Section One - Project Overview TOC 7 acent Zones' P1 The Neighborhood Public Zone (P-1) includes uses such as schools, parks, police and fire stations, and other civic buildings owned or otherwise controlled by the county, the city, or the Iowa City community school district for such uses will be designated as P-1, neighborhood public zone. These uses are subject to certain development standards in order to create a consonant transition between public and private uses. ID -RM The Interim Development Zone (ID) is to provide for areas of managed growth in which agricultural and other nonurban uses of land may continue until such time as the city is able to provide city services and urban development can occur. The interim development zone is the default zoning district to which all undeveloped areas should be classified until city services are provided. Upon provision of city services, the city or the property owner may initiate rezoning to zones consistent with the comprehensive plan, as amended. CC -2 The Community Commercial Zone (CC -2) is to provide for major business districts to serve a significant segment of the total community population. In addition to a variety of retail goods and services, these centers may typically feature a number of large traffic generators requiring access from major thoroughfares. While these centers are usually characterized by indoor operations, uses may have limited outdoor activities; provided, that outdoor operations are screened or buffered to remain compatible with surrounding uses. I Referenced from the Iowa City Zoning Code, (htto://sterlingcodifiers.com/codebook/index.l)hl)?book id=953&chapter id=76528) P1 Section One - Project Overview TOC 11 Neighborhood P1 Public Neighborhood Public OPD/RS12 Planned Development Overlay High Density Multifamily NAPOLEON SITE P1 Neighborhood ID -RM Public Interim Development Residential Multifamily CC2 ,, . �<' comm n <y commercial P1 Neighborhood P1 Public Neighborhood Public Section One - Project Overview TOC 11 EM"IcInm MIENTAL CONSIDERATIONS River Flooding With its proximity to the Iowa River, the western edge of the Napoleon Site is encroached upon by the floodplain of the river. The site is most affected at the southwest corner by the 100 -year and 500 -year floodplains, as indicated in the adjacent diagram. OMI In 2000, a geotechnical report was conducted by Terracon Consultants Inc, regarding the soil conditions at the Napoleon site. At that time, it was concluded that the "site soils are suitable to support the proposed structures (as indicated in previous planning efforts) on spread footings. However, special design and construction considerations will be required due to the presence of very loose to loose sandy deposits. Section One - Project Overview TOC 12 UTILITIES Existing Based on the site utilities information provided by the City of Iowa City (Appendix - Site Utilities Diagram from the City of Iowa Ci), the proposed building site is largely free of intersecting utilities. To the east, the site is bound by water distribution, gas distribution, and a storm sewer. To the south, the site is bordered by a sanitary sewer and water main. Electric distribution runs to the west of the site, adjacent to the Iowa River. Proposed In 2015, construction of the Iowa City Animal Care & Adoption Center (A) was completed. The facility is located at the northwest corner of the site, and utilities have been revised in this location. In 2013, the City also began construction of a fuel island (B) at south of the site. This location has also seen expanded integration of utilities. 1 I / /\ \\ SITE j A\\ UTILITY Water Main Sanitary Sewer - - - - - - Storm Sewer - - - - - - Electric - - - - - - Gas Section One - Project Overview TOC 3 EXISTING SITE UTILIZATION The total parcel size of the Napoleon Site is approximately 25 acres. The site includes portions of developed areas that are inaccessabile/unuseable to the Public Works development, including the following: • Iowa River Recreational Trail • Iowa City Animal Care and Adoption Center • Fuel Island • West side of site which lies within the 100 -year and 500 -year floodplains. The approximate usable area for the Public Works Master Plan is approximately 14 acres. Section One - Project Overview TOC Section 2 - Basis for Design IN a a uwu% The purpose of this section is to document and define the functional and operational characteristics for the new Iowa City Public Works (ICPW) Facility. The Basis for Design phase is an important element in developing the functional requirements and space needs program. The understanding gained by the Master Planning Team, consisting of Neumann Monson Architects and Maintenance Design Group, during the programming interview sessions will greatly influence the Master Plan and Concept Design decisions for the new ICPW Facility. The base programming data provided by ICPW in the form of internal evaluation programming questionnaires completed by representatives from each group served as the basis for programming discussions. The questionnaires included functional characteristics, hours of operation, staffing levels, vehicle parking requirements, and key planning issues for each division. The programming session for the new ICPW Facility took place in Iowa City, Iowa from November 9, 2015 through November 11, 2015. During the three-day effort, the Master Planning Team met with ICPW representatives for the various departments and their staff. This section summarizes the information gathered during the on-site programming session for the following divisions: • Public Works Shared Areas • Solid Waste/Refuse Department • Streets Department • Traffic Department • Equipment Maintenance Department • Water Distribution Department • Transit Department • Fire Department • Police Department • Landfill Department For each division, The Master Planning Team identified the function, hours of operation, staffing levels, employee parking requirements, key planning issues, and adjacency requirements. Tables for staff and vehicle data delineate program requirements for the determined staff and functions. Each column indicates the existing conditions (2015 Program) and the 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments (2020, 2025, 2035 Program) for staff and vehicles anticipated to support the new ICPW Facility. This section includes recommendations for site development to the extent to which the departments have requested based on input regarding site design. PUBLIC WORKS SHARED AREAS Function The Shared Areas of the new ICPW Facility will be occupied by all departments throughout their daily operations. Instead of individual rooms by department, several areas and have been consolidated. This reduces the overall cost and square footage of the building, as well as make the site more efficient. Office Areas • A reception/lobby area is to be provided as an entrance into all of the departments • A file/reference storage room is to be accessible by all departments • A copy/work area is to be provided for all departments to use Meeting Areas • Multiple conference rooms varying between 350-450 square feet are to be located throughout the facility for use by each department • A training room is to be provided, having the ability to be sectioned off for multiple meetings. The overall square footage of the training room is to be at least 750 square feet with storage Crew Support Areas • Separate restrooms for men and women are to be shared by all departments • Employee restrooms are to be equipped with showers • A large locker room is to be adjacent to the restrooms for personal belongings and work equipment • A daily workroom is to be provided for copying, file storage, etc • A crew/break room is to be provided and should include: • Tables, workstations, white boards, A/V equipment, and bulletin boards • Bunk area • A kitchen/break room is to be provided for daily use Building Support Areas • An IT/network room is to provide all data communications to each department NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC TOC 15 . The electrical room is to support all departments . A janitor/custodial room/closet is to be provided for storing cleaning supplies Vehicle Wash Areas . Four automated wash bays are to be provided for washing all vehicles that are utilized by the ICPW . Two rough wash positions are currently provided for washing out any buildup not cleaned by the automated wash bays SOLID WASTE/REFUSE DEPARTMENT Function The Solid Waste/Refuse Department is a daily office for all refuse, recycling, and yard waste workers who may be bulky. Staffing It is anticipated that the initial hours of operation will be from 7:00 AM to 5:00 PM, Monday through Friday. The following table summarizes the existing conditions and 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments for the Solid Waste/Refuse Department. SOLID WASTE/REFUSE DEPARTMENT STAFFING POSITION 2015 2020 2025 2035 SHIFT TIME STATUS Assistant Superintendent 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Special Programs Coordinator 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Maintenance Worker III 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Maintenance Worker II 8 8 9 10 Day Full-time Maintenance Worker 1 7 7 8 9 Day Full-time Seasonal Laborer 1 1 1 1 Day Part-time Clerical — 1 1 1 Day Part-time Customer Service Representative — 1 1 1 Day Part-time Total 19 21 23 25 Vehicles The following table summarizes the existing vehicles and 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments for the Solid Waste/Refuse Department. The table includes the space size and parking requirements for each type of vehicle used by the Solid Waste/Refuse Department. SOLID WASTE/REFUSE DEPARTMENT VEHICLES VEHICLE TYPE 2015 2020 2025 2035 SIZE REQUIREMENTS Heavy Duty Trucks/ Buses 14 15 17 19 12 x 40 Enclosed Medium Duty Trucks 1 0 1 1 12 x 30 Enclosed Subtotal 15 15 18 20 Medium Duty Trucks 2 2 2 3 12 x 30 Uncovered Light Duty Vehicles 1 1 1 2 10 x 20 Uncovered Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 16 VEHICLE TYPE 2015 2020 2025 2035 SIZE REQUIREMENTS Subtotal 3 3 3 5 Total 18 18 21 25 Key Planning Issues The following key planning issues should be considered in planning and design efforts for the Solid Waste/Refuse Department areas. Office Areas • The Assistant Superintendent is to be provided with an office of 168 square feet • The Special Programs Coordinator and the Level 3 Maintenance Worker(s) are to be provided with private offices of 120 square feet • All clerical/administrative assistants are to be provided with a 64 square foot workstation Shop Areas • An area is to be designated for cart and bin repair • The space is to be roughly 600 square feet • A secure tool storage area is to be provided • A welding/fabrication shop is to be provided • The space should be centrally located and shared among the other departments • A large area for metal storage • A designated repair bay for welding/fabrication on vehicles only. Wash Areas . A small wash area of at least 150 square feet is to be provided for washing out collection bins and totes Storage Areas • A large storage area is to be provided for storing new and used equipment: • Roughly 50 pallets of yard waste bags • 800 Refuse carts and lids (currently 40 stacks of 20 refuse carts) • 2500 Recycling bins and lids (currently 50 stacks of 50 each) • At least 2 cabinets are to be provided for stickers used on the bins, totes, and carts Vehicle Storage • All enclosed vehicle storage is to be heated Exterior Areas • At least 2,000 square feet of yard storage is to be provided for general equipment storage • 19 parking spaces are to be allotted for the Solid Waste/Refuse Department's employees Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 17 STREr'TS DEPARTMENT Vehicles Function The following table summarizes the existing vehicles and 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments for the Streets Department. The table includes the space size and parking requirements for each type of The existing Public Works Administration Building currently operates as the location for the Streets and vehicle used by the Streets Department. Traffic Department. Once moved to a new facility, the two departments will operate under one title, although each has their own function. The Streets Department functions include road maintenance, STREETS DEPARTMENT VEHICLES storm sewer repairs, street cleaning, leaf and snow collection, and field equipment maintenance (signs, VEHICLE TYPE 2015 2020 2025 2035 SIZE REQUIREMENTS traffic lights, etc.). The administration of the Streets Department handles receiving and coordination of Heavy Duty Trucks/ Buses 14 15 17 18 12 x 40 Enclosed goods and services as well as data entry and processing of invoices, time sheets, and work orders. Medium Duty Trucks 3 3 3 3 12 x 30 Enclosed Staffing Light Duty Trucks 9 9 10 12 10x20 Enclosed Construction Equipment 17 17 18 19 12 x 30 Enclosed It is anticipated that the initial hours of operation will be from 7:00 AM to 5:00 PM, Monday through Friday. A limited number of visitors occupy the facility each week. After -hour access is required by all Rental Equipment 7 7 7 7 12 x 30 Enclosed employees, but not visitors. The Streets Department has employees that are on-call 24/7 in case of Misc. Equip and Trailers 15 15 17 19 10 x 20 Enclosed emergencies, usually regarding weather. The following table summarizes the existing conditions and Total Enclosed 65 66 72 78 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments for the Streets Department. Misc. Equip and Trailers 10 10 11 12 10 x 20 Covered Total Covered 10 10 11 12 STREETS DEPARTMENT STAFFING Medium Duty Trucks 2 2 2 2 12 x 30 Uncovered POSITION 2015 2020 2025 2035 SHIFT TIME STATUS Light Duty Trucks 4 4 4 4 10 x 20 Uncovered Superintendent of Streets Total Uncovered 6 6 6 6 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time and Traffic Engineering g g Total 83 87 89 104 Assistant Superintendent of Streets and Traffic 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Engineering Specialty Storage Senior Clerk 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time The Streets Department requires several materials to be stored. These items in the following table Clerical Assistant 1 1 1 2 Day Part-time summarizes the storage requirements for the Streets Department. The table includes the space size Public Information and parking requirements for each type of vehicle used by the Streets Department. 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Coordinator STREETS DEPARTMENT STC Senior Maintenance 2 2 2 2 Day Full-time Worker MATERIAL / ITEM UNCOVERED COVERED ENCLOSED SECURITY Maintenance Worker III 8 9 9 9 Day Full-time Emulsion Tank x Secure Maintenance Worker II 8 8 8 9 Day Full-time Tools x x Secure Brine Tank/s x Secure Maintenance Worker I 6 7 7 8 Day Full-time Brine making equipment x x Secure Seasonal Laborer 8 10 10 12 Day Part-time Sign Materials x Secure Total 37 41 41 46 Plow Blades x Secure Equipment attachments x x Secure Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 18 MATERIAL / ITEM UNCOVERED COVERED ENCLOSED SECURITY Covered Areas • 1,600 square feet of sand storage bunkers are to be provided and be covered JECC Equipment and Materials Secure Sand bags x Secure • A covered area of 1,600 feet is to be provided for mixing the sand and salt Surplus Manholes/intakes x Secure • 3,000 square feet of covered storage bins is to be provided for storing other materials such as asphalt, gravel, etc. Bricks x Secure Soil x Secure Exterior Areas Cold Mix Asphalt x Secure • At least 10,000 square feet of yard storage is to be provided for general equipment storage • 37 parking spaces are to be allotted for the Solid Waste/Refuse Department's employees Key Planning Issues The following key planning issues should be considered in planning and design efforts for the Streets Department. Office Areas • The Superintendent is to be provided with an office of 168 square feet • The Assistant Superintendent is to be provided with an office of 120 square feet • All Traffic Control workers are be provided with 100 square foot workstations • All clerical/administrative assistants are to be provided with a 64 square foot workstation Support Areas • A staging area is to be provided for prepping the trucks with leaf boxes, snowplows, and other equipment Shop Areas • A general shop area for light repair and maintenance of vehicles is to be provided • A designated area for a 700 square foot formwork shop is to be provided • Total area is to be at least 2,000 square feet Storage Areas • A secure storage area is to be provided for traffic control, device storage and distribution. • At least an area of 300 square feet is to be provided for materials such as wood, metal, and PVC • Area is to be climate controlled • A secure tool storage area of at least 350 square feet is to be provided • A cold patch storage area of at least 150 square feet is to be provided Vehicle Storage • All enclosed vehicle storage is to be heated Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 19 TRAIF•V'1C DEPARTMENT Function The existing Public Works Administration Building currently operates as the location for the Streets and Traffic Department. Once moved to the new facility, the two departments will operate under one title although each has their own function. The Traffic Department functions include traffic signals, lighting, utility locations, and other power needs. The administration of the Traffic Department handles receiving and coordination of goods and services as well as data entry and processing of invoices, time sheets, and work orders. Staffing It is anticipated that the initial hours of operation will be from 7:00 AM to 5:00 PM, Monday through Friday. A limited number of visitors occupy the facility each week. After -hour access is required by all employees, but not visitors. The Traffic Department has employees that are on-call 24/7 in case of emergencies. The following table summarizes the existing conditions and 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments for the Traffic Department. TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT STAFFING POSITION 2015 2020 2025 2035 SHIFT TIME STATUS Traffic Signal Technician 1 1 2 2 Day Full-time Electrician 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Electronics Technician 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Total 3 3 4 4 Vehicles The following table summarizes the existing vehicles and 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments for the Traffic Department. The table includes the space size and parking requirements for each type of vehicle used by the Traffic Department. TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT VEHICLES VEHICLE TYPE 2015 2020 2025 2035 SIZE REQUIREMENTS Medium Duty Trucks 2 2 2 2 12 x 30 Enclosed Light Duty Trucks 2 2 3 3 10 x 20 Enclosed Construction Equipment 1 1 1 1 12 x 30 Enclosed Total Enclosed 5 5 6 6 Misc. Equip and Trailer 1 1 1 1 10 x 20 Covered VEHICLE TYPE 2015 2020 2025 2035 SIZE REQUIREMENTS Total Covered 1 1 1 1 Misc. Equip and Trailer 2 2 2 2 10 x 20 Uncovered Total Uncovered 2 2 2 2 Total 8 8 9 9 Key Planning Issues The following key planning issues should be considered in planning and design efforts for the Traffic Department. Office Areas . A 100 square foot workstation is to be provided for traffic engineering control • (2) 64 square foot workstations are to be provided for the traffic engineers Support Areas . A shared computer room is to be provided for the use of the traffic engineering staff members Shop Areas .1000 square feet is to be utilized for the Signals Repairs Shop . A general shop of 700 square feet is to be provided for repairing traffic and testing signals . A secure workshop area of 300 square feet is to be provided for technical repairs and tool storage .1700 square feet is to be utilized for the Sign Repair and Fabrication Shop . A general shop of 700 square feet is to be provided for sign assembly . At least 500 square feet is to be utilized for material storage . A 400 square foot enclosed workshop is to be provided for sign making/printing • A 100 square foot area is to be utilized for the computer workstation/plotter • 1300 square feet is to be utilized for the Striping/Marking Shop • Garage space for the large sign truck and the utility and aerial basket trucks • At least 600 square feet is to be utilized for paint, bead, and stencil storage Storage Areas . A secure tool storage area of at least 350 square feet is to be provided Vehicle Storage . All enclosed vehicle storage is to be heated Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 20 Covered Areas • At least 500 square feet of covered storage is to be provided for pole storage • A designated storage area of 500 square feet is to be provided for traffic control equipment, such as barricades and cones Exterior Areas • At least 2,000 square feet of yard storage is to be provided for general equipment storage • Three parking spaces are to be allotted for the Solid Waste/Refuse Department's employees WATER DISTRIBUTION DEPARTMENT Function The Water Distribution Department is responsible for the rebuilding, storing, and installing fire hydrants and large in -ground valves. Staffing It is anticipated that the initial hours of operation will be from 7:00 AM to 5:00 PM, Monday through Saturday. Visitation is limited to approximately four contractors per day during the open hours. The Water Distribution Department has employees that are on-call 24/7 in case of emergencies. The following table summarizes the existing conditions and 20 -year projection by 5 -year increments for the Water Distribution Department. WATER DISTRIBUTION DEPARTMENT STAFFING POSITION 2015 2020 2025 2035 SHIFT TIME STATUS Supervisor 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Maintenance Worker III 2 2 2 2 Day Full-time Maintenance Worker II 4 4 4 4 Day Full-time Total 7 7 7 7 Vehicles The following table summarizes the existing vehicles and 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments for the Water Distribution Department. The table includes the space size and parking requirements for each type of vehicle used by Water Distribution Department. WATER DISTRIBUTION DEPARTMENT VEHICLES VEHICLE TYPE 2015 2020 2025 2035 SIZE REOUIREMENTS Heavy Duty Trucks/ Buses 1 1 1 1 12 x 40 Enclosed Medium Duty Trucks 3 3 3 3 12 x 30 Enclosed Light Duty Trucks 3 3 3 3 10 x 20 Enclosed Construction Equipment 2 2 2 2 12 x 30 Enclosed Misc. Equip and Trailers 8 8 8 8 12 x 30 Enclosed Total Enclosed 17 17 17 17 Total 17 17 17 17 Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 21 Key Planning Issues The following key planning issues should be considered in planning and design efforts for the Water Distribution Department. Office Areas • The supervisors are to share an office no less than 240 square feet • (4) 64 square foot workstations are to be provided for field service employees to fill out invoices and daily work orders Support Areas • Large lockers are to be provided for gear storage • Boots, jumpsuits, vests, hardhats, gloves, safety glasses, etc. Shop Areas • A 1,100 square foot area is to be designated for a Water Pump/Hydrant shop for the assembly, testing, and storage of hydrants • There is to be adequate shop floor space for replacement parts storage that is easy to access in an emergency event • Vehicles are to be able to drive through the building with more than one path • A welding/fabrication shop is to be provided • Centrally located and shared among the other departments • Large area for metal storage • A designated repair bay for welding/fabrication on vehicles only • A small parts room is to be provided to support minor maintenance to vehicles • An equipment wash out position of 150 square feet is to be provided Storage Areas • A large parts storage area is to be provided for storing new and used parts and valve assemblies • A salvage storage area is to be provided for storing outdated parts that may be need in the future • A secure tool storage area of at least 350 square feet is to be provided Vehicle Storage • All enclosed vehicle storage is to be heated Covered Areas • An 800 square foot area is to be provided for storing PVC, steel pipe, and lumber • A 900 square foot area is to be provided for material storage bins such as gravel, asphalt, etc. Exterior Areas • At least 8,500 square feet of yard storage is to be provided for general equipment storage • Seven parking spaces are to be allotted for Solid Waste/Refuse Department employees Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 22 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT Function The Equipment Maintenance Department is responsible for the operation of service and parts storage for fleet repair and maintenance. This department also acquires new equipment and disposes of old equipment. The Equipment Maintenance Department' administration groups handles fleet equipment inventory, operational costs, invoice processing, monthly billing, and all tax inspections. Staffing It is anticipated that the initial hours of operation will be from 7:00 AM to 5:00 PM, Monday through Friday. A limited number of visitors occupy the facility each week. After -hour access is required by all employees for service calls and on-call response. The following table summarizes the existing conditions and 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments for the Equipment Maintenance Department. EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT STAFFING POSITION 2015 2020 2025 2035 SHIFT TIME STATUS Superintendent of Equipment Maintenance 1 1 2 2 Day Full-time Shop Supervisor 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Parts/Inventory Clerk 1 2 2 2 Day Full-time Buyer/Clerical Assistant 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Day Technicians 4 5 5 6 Day Full-time Night Technicians 3 3 3 3 Night Full-time Total 11 13 14 15 Vehicles The following table summarizes the existing vehicles and 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments for the Equipment Maintenance Department. The table includes the space size and parking requirements for each type of vehicle used by the Equipment Maintenance Department. EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT VEHICLES VEHICLE TYPE 2015 2020 2025 2035 SIZE REQUIREMENTS Misc. Equip and Trailers 1 1 1 1 10 x 20 Enclosed Total Enclosed 1 1 1 1 Heavy Duty Trucks/ Buses 12 12 12 12 12 x 40 Uncovered Medium Duty Trucks 8 8 8 8 12 x 30 Uncovered VEHICLE TYPE 2015 2020 2025 2035 SIZE REQUIREMENTS Light Duty Trucks 15 15 15 15 10 x 20 Uncovered Construction Equipment 2 2 2 2 12 x 30 Uncovered Misc. Equip and Trailers 2 2 2 2 10 x 20 Uncovered Total Uncovered 39 39 39 39 Total 40 40 40 40 Key Planning Issues The following key planning issues should be considered in planning and design efforts for the Equipment Maintenance Department. Office Areas • The Superintendent is to be provided with a 224 square foot office • The Shop Supervisor is to be provided with a 120 square foot office • All clerical/administrative assistant(s) are to be provided with a 64 square foot workstation Support Areas • A lobby/reception area is to provide an entrance into the facility • A customer waiting room of 250 square feet is to be included and adjacent to the lobby area • Employee restroom areas are to include showers and individual lockers • At least 450 square feet is to be provided for men; 250 square feet for women • A lunch/break room of 600 square feet is to be provided for employee use • Lunch/break room is to be equipped with a vending/kitchenette area, tables and chairs, counter space, etc. • An IT/Network room is to provide all data throughout the facility • A janitor/custodial room/closet is to be provided for storing cleaning supplies • A mechanics room is to be provided for technician support and should be equipped with computer workstations, manuals, diagnostic tool storage Shop Areas • Heavy Line repair areas are to be separate from the transit repair positions • (3) heavy repair positions 20' x 60' are to be provided • (2) heavy PM/inspection positions 20' x 60' are to be provided • (1) position 25' x 60' is to be reserved for fire apparatus repair Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 23 • A Light Line repair area is to be provided • (2) light/medium repair positions 15' x 35' are to be provided • (2) light/medium PM/inspection positions 15' x 35' are to be provided • A welding/fabrication shop 15' x 60' is to be provided • Large area for metal storage included • A designated position 30' x 60' is to be provided for perform welding on vehicles • A chassis wash, 25' x 60' is to be provided and used for cleaning the undercarriage of vehicles before maintenance • 1,200 square feet of common workspace is to be provided within the facility • A hydraulic hose fabrication shop/area is to be provided near the repair bays • A 300 square foot tire shop is to be provided for minor tire repair • Bus repair positions are to be provided in the facility • (3) bus repair positions 20' x 60' are to be provided • (1) heavy PM/inspection positions 20' x 60' are to be provided Shop Storage Areas • The equipment repair area is to have shop storage areas separate from transit repair • A secure tool storage area of at least 200 square feet is to be provided • 168 square feet of toolbox storage is to be provided within the facility • 1,200 square feet of portable equipment storage is to be provided within the facility • A 1,200 square foot tire storage area is to be provided for heavy and light duty truck tire storage • 300 square feet is to be provided for used tire storage • An 800 square foot lube/compressor room is to be provided with a high-capacity air compressor and bulk tanks for fluids used by the equipment and transit repair sections of the facility • The transit repair area is to have shop storage areas separate from equipment repair • A secure tool storage area of at least 100 square feet is to be provided • 120 square feet of toolbox storage is to be provided within the facility • 600 square feet of portable equipment storage is to be provided within the facility • A 200 square foot tire storage area is to be provided for bus and light duty tire storage • 100 square feet is to be provided for used tire storage • HESCO secure storage area that houses supplies for emergencies or natural disasters Parts & Material Storage Areas • A 300 square foot office is to be provided for the parts/inventory clerk • 36 square foot workstations are to be provided for parts retrieval employees • An issue window is to be provided for distributing parts to technicians • A 200 square foot secure tool crib is to be provided for specialty tools used by both departments • 3,500 square feet of large parts storage (high pallet storage) is to be provided • 2,000 square feet will be utilized by the Equipment Repair Department • 1,500 square feet will be utilized by the Transit Department • 1,750 square feet of small parts (fast movers) storage is to be provided • 1,000 square feet will be utilized by the Equipment Repair Department • 750 square feet will be utilized by the Transit Department • A 1,500 square foot mezzanine is to cover the small parts storage area and will be utilized by both departments • The warranty storage area/room is to be a secure 200 square foot area shared by both departments • The battery storage area/room is to be a secure 125 square foot area shared by both departments • A 150 square foot shipping and receiving dock is to be provided and be accessible by both departments Vehicle Storage • All enclosed vehicle storage is to be heated Exterior Areas • At least 2,000 square feet of yard storage is to be provided for general equipment storage • 18 parking spaces are to be allotted for the Solid Waste/Refuse Department employees • 7,600 square feet of the yard is to be utilized by incoming/action vehicles Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 24 TRANSIT DEPARTMENT Function The primary function of the Transit Department is to provide safe and reliable transit to the citizens of Iowa City. The current fleet consists of 28 mass transit buses. All paratransit services are currently contracted out, and utilize the Johnson County SEATS Facility. The storage of buses needs to be secure and under 24/7 surveillance. The maintenance side of the Transit Department consists of several departments: • North Maintenance • 1 repair bay with an in -ground, 60,000 Ibs lift • 1 service bay with a drive on, 60,000 lbs lift • 2 service and inspection bays with only pits • South Maintenance • 1 repair bay with an in -ground, 60,000 lbs lift • 3 flat repair bays • Fare Collection and Fair box repair • Room for collecting and counting fairs • Room for repairing fair boxes and storing testing equipment and parts • Brake and Rebuild Shop • Double spindle STARR lathe • Parts washer • 1/2 -ton jib crane • Drill press, workbench, vises, hydraulic press • Sign Shop • Small working and storage space for sign • Parts Storage manufacturing • Two story mezzanine system of small parts Staffing It is anticipated that the initial hours of operation will be from 7:00 AM to 5:00 PM, Monday through Friday. All other hours for Transit/Maintenance access and weekend access will be via a secure keycard. The following table summarizes the existing conditions and 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments for the maintenance portion of the Transit Department. TRANSIT DEPARTMENT ADMINISTRATIVE STAFFING POSITION 2015 2020 2025 2035 SHIFT TIME STATUS Director of Transportation 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Asst. Director of 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Transportation Supervisor 3 4 4 4 Swing Full-time Building Maintenance 4 4 5 5 Full-time, One Mass Transit Operator 44 47 50 50 Day and Swing shift per day is on-call Total 53 57 61 61 TRANSIT DEPARTMENT MAINTENANCE STAFFING POSITION 2015 2020 2025 2035 SHIFT TIME STATUS Shop Supervisor 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Parts/Inventory Clerk 1 2 2 2 Day Full-time Buyer/Clerical Assistant 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Day Technician 3 3 4 5 Day Full-time Night Technician 2 2 2 3 Night Full-time Service Workers 4 4 4 6 Night, One Day Full-time Total 12 13 14 18 Vehicles The following table summarizes the existing vehicles and 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments for the Transit Department. The table includes the space size and parking requirements for each type of vehicle used by the Transit Department. DEPARTMENT VEHICLES VEHICLE TYPE 2015 2020 2025 2035 SIZE REQUIREMENTS Heavy Duty Trucks/ Buses 27 29 31 36 12 x 40 Uncovered Medium Duty Trucks 3 15 15 15 12 x 30 Uncovered Light Duty Trucks 3 3 3 3 10 x 20 Uncovered Misc. Equip and Trailers 5 5 5 5 10 x 20 Uncovered Total Enclosed 38 52 54 59 Total 38 52 54 59 Key Planning Issues The following key planning issues should be considered in planning and design efforts for the Transit Department. Administrative Areas • The Director of Transportation is to be provided with a 224 square foot office • The Assistant Director is to be provided with a 168 square foot office • An open 120 square foot office is to be provided for future expansion • All clerical/administrative assistant(s) are to be provided with a 64 square foot workstation • Two conference rooms are to be provided: Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 25 — 450 square feet for 10-12 people — 350 square feet for 8-10 people Operations Areas • A dispatch area is to be provided for overseeing the sign -out of bus operators and bus routes • The dispatch area is to have a vestibule for operators entering and exiting the facility • The operations supervisors are to share a 360 square foot office, with ability to oversee bus storage • The employee restrooms are to be equipped with showers and individual lockers • A daily workroom is to be provided for copying, file storage, etc. • A crew/break room is to be provided and should include tables, workstations, white boards, A/V equipment, and bulletin boards • A kitchen/break room is to be provided for daily use • A fitness room is to be provided for employee use between shifts Support Areas • A reception/lobby area with a vestibule is to be provided as an entrance into the facility • An IT/Network roam is to provide all data communications to the facility • A janitor/custodial room/closet is to be provided for storing cleaning supplies • A daily workroom is to be provided for copying, file storage, etc. Service Areas • Two 20' x 50' positions are need for bus service: — Fueling lane — Interior cleaning Position • Fare collection is to happen during the fueling period • A secure room is to be provided for far collection and counting • A 400 square foot lube/compressor room is to be provided • A 20' x 85' wash bay is to be provided for cleaning the exterior of the buses • A wash equipment room of 700 square feet is to be provided Vehicle Storage • All enclosed vehicle storage is to be heated • 35 parking spaces are to be allotted for Solid Waste/Refuse Department employees FIRE DEPARTMENT The Fire Department functions at the new site will not require fulltime operation. The department will utilize only a portion of the site for training events and for storing training equipment. Staffing Staff will not permanently occupy the facility, only during training events. Visitors from other city departments will only be able to utilize the training area if needed. Vehicles The following table summarizes the existing vehicles that the Fire Department will store at the facility. The table includes the space size and parking requirements for each type of vehicle used by the Fire Department. FIRE DEPARTMENT VEHICLES VEHICLE TYPE 2015 2020 2025 2035 SIZE REQUIREMENTS Heavy Duty Trucks/ Buses 1 1 1 1 12 x 40 Enclosed Total Enclosed 1 1 1 1 Heavy Duty Trucks/ Buses 2 2 2 2 12 x 40 Uncovered Total Uncovered 2 2 2 2 Total 3 3 3 3 Key Planning Issues The following key planning issues should be considered in planning and design efforts for the Traffic Department. Training Areas • A fire training building is to be provided • A 600 square foot training/meeting room is to be provided for classes and discussions • A table and storage room is to be adjacent to the training/meeting room • Men's and women's restrooms are to be provided Storage Areas • 2,000 square feet of secure storage for training equipment is to be provided Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 26 Vehicle Storage • All enclosed vehicle storage is to be heated Exterior Areas • There is to be a 100' radius of clear pathway surrounding the fire training building for fire apparatus access • Fifteen parking spaces are to be allotted for trainee parking POLICE DEPARTMENT Function The Police functions at the new site will not require fulltime operation. The department will utilize only a portion of the site for storage of evidence and equipment. Staffing Staff will not occupy the facility at all times. Only the Police and Fire Department are to have 24/7 access. Vehicles The following table summarizes the existing vehicles that the Police Department will store at the facility. The table includes the space size and parking requirements for each type of vehicle used by the Police Department. TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT VEHICLES VEHICLE TYPE 2015 2020 2025 2035 SIZE REQUIREMENTS Light Duty Vehicles 3 3 3 3 10 x 20 Enclosed Total Enclosed 3 3 3 3 Total 3 3 3 3 Key Planning Issues The following key planning issues should be considered in planning and design efforts for the Traffic Department. Storage Areas • 2,000 feet of secure storage for evidence and police equipment is to be provided LANDFILL DEPARTMENT Function The Landfill Department is responsible for landfill and recycling facility operations. The landfill is currently fenced with an entrance gate that is kept open during operations hours. Staffing It is anticipated that the initial hours of operation will be from 7:00 AM to 5:00 PM, Monday through Saturday. Occasionally, employees will need after hour access for project work and contractors will need accessibility for work that cannot be performed during the open hours. The fire department needs 24-hour access 7 days per week. The building is to be locked at all times during non-operating hours. The following table summarizes the existing conditions and 20 -year projection by 5 -year increments for the Landfill Department. LANDFILL DEPARTMENT STAFFING Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 27 SHIFT POSITION 2015 2020 2025 2035 STATUS TIME Landfill Operator 8 9 9 9 Day Full-time Scale Operator 2 2 2 2 Day Part-time Recycling Operator 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Customer Service 1 1 1 1 Day Part-time Representative Engineer 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Assistant 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Superintendent Director 1 1 1 1 Day Full-time Total 15 16 16 17 Vehicles The following table summarizes the existing vehicles and 20 -year projection in 5 -year increments for the Landfill Department. The table includes the space size and parking requirements for each type of vehicle used by Landfill Department. LANDFILL DEPARTMENT VEHICLES VEHICLE TYPE 2015 2020 2025 2035 SIZE REQUIREMENTS Heavy Duty Trucks/ Buses 5 5 5 5 12 x 40 Enclosed Medium Duty Trucks 5 5 5 5 12 x 30 Enclosed Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 27 Construction Equipment 6 6 6 6 12 x 30 Enclosed Misc. Equip and Trailers 6 6 6 6 12 x 30 Enclosed Total Enclosed 22 22 22 22 Light Duty Vehicles 1 1 1 1 10 x 20 Uncovered Construction Equipment 4 4 4 4 12 x 30 Uncovered Misc. Equip and Trailers 11 11 11 11 12 x 30 Uncovered Total Uncovered 16 16 16 16 Total 38 38 38 38 Key Planning Issues The following key planning issues should be considered in planning and design efforts for the Landfill Department. Office Areas • (2) 64 square foot workstations are to be provided • A 600 square foot education room is to be provided for classes and for meetings • A 120 square foot office space is to be provided for scale operations and storage Support Areas • Individual lockers are to be provided for all staff in a shared locker area to store personal items • A daily workroom is to be provided for copying, file storage, etc. • A crew/break room is to be provided and should include: — Tables, workstations, white boards, A/V equipment, and bulletin boards • A kitchen/break room is to be provided for daily use • Restrooms are to be provided with showers and individual lockers Shop Areas • The Shop Supervisor is to be provided a 168 square foot office • A unisex bathroom is to be provided for the maintenance workers. • 5,000 square feet is to be provided for heavy line repair • (3) 25' x 50' heavy repair bays are to be provided • (1) 25' x 50' heavy PM/inspection bay is to be provided • A welding/fabrication shop is to be provided • Large area for metal storage • A designated repair bay 30' x 50' for welding/fabrication on vehicles only • A rough washout position 25' x 50' is to be provided for washing out the back of the trash trucks • 400 square feet of common work area is to be within the facility • A 100 square foot hydraulic hose fabrication shop is to be provided Storage Areas • 144 square feet of tool box storage is to be provided • 350 square feet of portable equipment storage is to be provided Shop Support Areas • A 600 square foot lube/compressor room is to be provided with a high capacity air compressor, and bulk tanks for all fluids used by the equipment and transit repair sections of the facility • A 250 square foot electrical room is to be provided Parts & Materials Storage Areas • A 120 square foot office is to be provided for the parts office • An issue counter is to be provided for distributing parts to the maintenance employees • A 150 square foot secure tool storage area is to be provided • A 1,500 square foot large parts (high pallet rack) storage area is to be provided • 500 square feet of small (fast moving) parts storage is to be provided • A shipping /receiving dock is to be provided Vehicle Storage • All enclosed vehicle storage is to be heated Exterior Areas • 7,500 square feet of yard storage is to be provided • 30,000 square feet of mulch storage is to be provided GENERAL SITE REQUIREMENTS Site Requirements There are specific site requirements necessary to ensure a safe, efficient, and functional facility. These specific requirements include the following: • Separate vehicle parking areas are needed for each division Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 28 • Secured parking areas to be under 24/7 surveillance CUPRENT SITE/BUILDING CONDITIONS • A backup generator to be provided to supply all facilities in case of power outages and emergency events Overview • The site's developed areas are to be observable to as great an extent as possible The following collection of images provides an overview of the facilities currently utilized by the Public Works Department. These images have been selected to identify some of the opportunities that a new, consolidated facility could address. kY` i t Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 29 Refuse Department Cart and Leaf Bay Storage . Trash bins and lids are currently stored at two separate locations duce to the lack of space provided at the Riverside site . Fire sprinkler systems are not provided at the Riverside site, which prevents the Refuse Department from utilizing efficient, high pallet racks. Large Truck Storage . The vehicle storage building exhibits a general lack of space for large refuse trucks. Adequate clearance around these trucks is necessary for vehicle inspection, and to access vehicle systems . Space is limited in the front of vehicles when the overhead door is closed . Vehicles are parked outside, vulnerable to the elements because there is not adequate vehicle storage space Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 30 Refuse Department Crew Room • Locker areas are unsecure • Lockers are placed throughout in various locations • Furnishings are assorted and not specific for crew room functions (ex. task chairs, desk chairs, reception chairs, etc.) • General lack of space per room function Crew Room • Restrooms are outdated and poorly designed • No privacy: showers and disrobing areas are shared with general locker room and restroom functions Section Two - Basis for Design TOC Refuse Derlartment Sign and Pole Storage . The signals and signs operations, under the Streets department, have parts stored at the Napoleon site and Riverside site due to the lack of dedicated storage spaces . New and used signs and poles are stored uncovered and on the ground, unprotected from the weather Yard Storage . Vehicle attachments are currently stored adjacent to various material bins and storage areas due to the lack of dedicated storage spaces . Dedicated storage areas for implements and materials would increase storage efficiency and access Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 32 Refuse Derlartment Covered Material Bins . Bins are not adequately separated, which results in mixed materials . Covered material storage is currently located in the Quonset huts at the Riverside site. Within these buildings, access to these material is limited due to the available clearances. Sign Storage and Truck Storage . At the Riverside site, the sign truck does not have a designated parking space, so this vehicle is parked wherever room is available . At the location of these photos, there is barely enough clear height for the vehicles to fit . Without a designated vehicle storage area, the sign storage area is further pushed to other areas Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 33 Refuse Derlartment Plow Storage . With the current site configuration of the Riverside site, the dedicated plow storage area is confined to a tight location, which creates a challenge for efficiently connecting these implements to a vehicle • Exterior storage of implements creates excess wear • "Bundled" implement storage reduces access to this equipment, compared to liner storage Shops and Storage • The shops used by the Streets and Traffic Departments are outdated and lack facilities for organized storage. • There are no dedicated areas for flammable chemical storage, which may present a fire hazard • Spaces are shared with material storage • Lighting and ventilation are inadequate throughout the facilities • Uneven floor surfaces reduce efficiency and safety Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 34 Refuse Deriartment Winter Vehicle Storage . The Streets Department currently leases and heats space at the Fairgrounds site to store refuse vehicles in the winter . Refuse vehicles must remain heated to protect equipment from freezing Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 35 Water Department Equipment and Parts Storage . The Water Department is currently leasing a building at the Gilbert Court site for their operations. . The current functional arrangement of the facility is tight and the space lacks proper systems for tools and parts organization • Workspaces exhibits low clearances and poor lighting, and limited clearance around large equipment stored by the Water Department • Large and small parts storage areas should have dedicated spaces to improve organization and efficiency . Paths are inefficient or nonexistent since most large parts are stored on the ground in various locations Yard Storage and Material Storage Bins . Interior storage spaces are limited, requiring parts and materials to be stored outside, with no cover from eroding weather conditions . Material bins are inadequate in size and construction, which limits storage efficiency and capacity Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 36 Water Department Pipe and Used Material Storage . Pipe storage could improve efficiency and organization by utilizing large storage racks instead of at -grade piles . UV sensitive pipes are currently uncovered and experience direct solar exposure . Informal piles of used equipment and job waste accumulate in the storage yards due to the lack of dedicated storage spaces Crew Room . The crew/break room is an open area in the middle of the workstations used by employees and the supervisor's office Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 37 Equipment Storage Equipment Storage . The Parts and Materials Storage Area at the Riverside site is limited in space which has caused the area to become cluttered . Storage areas are not secure, providing unverified access to parts and specialty tools. This current set-up limits the ability to maintain adequate inventory and can result in the loss of equipment Sign Truck Storage . The large truck used by the Signals and Signs operation is currently stored in the Equipment Maintenance parts storage area, because there is no room in their designated workspace Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 38 Transit Department Interior Bus Parking . The bus parking/storage area is not well lit, and does not have any striping to designate egress paths Brake Shop . Functional space within the brake shop is confined due to low clearance ceilings . Necessary brake shop equipment is too confined, which results in a cluttered shop area. Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 39 Transit Department Body Repair Bay • Working clearances are quite restricted and roof access is nearly inaccessible • Since the body repair bay is unusable to practically service vehicles, the space has become an overflow for parts storage Bus Wash • The bus wash maintains poor lighting • The space layout functions poorly • There is not a designated area for the • Designated space for wash equipment is not integrated, which forces equipment to protrude into the wash bay Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 40 Transit Department Light Duty Repair • The light duty repair bay exhibits poor general lighting and inefficient fixtures • When paratransit vehicles are elevated on a lift, below vehicle lighting is inadequate or nonexistent Flat Repair Bay • Since dedicated vehicle storage is not provided for many vehicles, this repair bay is frequently occupied by parked vehicles, which limits the ability to repair vehicles within this space • The vehicle repair pit that is unusable due to the current storage use within this space Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 41 Transit Department GI Heavy Repair Bay . In -ground lifts are outdated and not flush with the floor, which may be a safety hazard . Bay lengths are too short for efficient repair functions - buses run wall to wall, with minimum working clearances W A Excessive Storage . A lack of adequate office storage within the facility has resulted in parts being stored in the main egress paths . The department doesn't have a dedicated storage space for bus tires, which has resulted in the storage of tires against a wall in the repair bay Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 42 Transit Department Vault/Fare Collection Room . The vault collection area is not properly secured Break Room . The size of this space is inadequate to accommodate the drivers and operations staff . The area is poorly designed, with no separation between designated food preparation areas and dining areas . The installation of the stove does not meet the code requirements Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 43 Equipment Maintenance Fire Apparatus Bay • _imited clearances are prevalent throughout the entire equipment repair building. The large fire apparatus is only able to fit into the facility after manipulating the ladder at an angle • Poor lighting conditions makes it challenge to thoroughly maintain equipment New and Used Tire Storage • Currently, tires do not have a dedicated storage space, so they occupy interior floor space Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 44 Equipment Maintenance Small Parts Storage . The storage area is unorganized and not in a secured location. Technicians are able to access parts without maintain an inventory, which can result in the loss of items and equipment mow, Repair areas . The service pit is poorly lit, and lighting is not directed toward the underside of the vehicle space. The work area is very confined space due to the narrowness of the pit . The headroom clearance within the pit is low, requiring technicians to crouch to avoid colliding with the underside of the vehicle Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 45 Equipment Maintenance Central Fluid Storage . There is no bulk fluid storage room. Instead, 55 gallon drums of fluids are stored between repair bays, which conflicts with required working clearances within the bay Superintendent's Office . Views from the office to the shop areas are obstructed, due to the office location and equipment placement throughout the facility . The superintendent does not have visual connection to many spaces within the facility . The office is secluded in the back corner of the equipment repair building Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 46 Equipment Maintenance Superintendent's Office . The restroom is very confined space and is difficult to clean and sanitize . The water fountain is located immediately adjacent to the sink, which could allow for grease and dirt to contaminate the fountain . The shower does not have a private changing area and is exposed to the rest of the restroom areas Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 47 Section 3 - Space Needs Program IN , , u%jui Riverside Site Of the data that was collected and analyzed, the Space Needs Program provides the foundation of SITE AREA (SF) DEPARTMENT OWNED RENTED information used to project the future facility needs for the City of Iowa City Public Works and Transit Transit 36,160 Transit x Departments. Transit Mezzanine 400 Transit x PROGRAMMING FOCUS Wash Bay 1,240 Multiple x Maintenance 12,210 Equipment x Ten different groups within the City of Iowa City were included in the Master Planning and Programming Signs and Traffic 6,180 Streets/ Traffic X effort for the new Public Warks Campus. Not all groups identified by the City to be included in the master plan study will be physically located at the new Public Works Campus at the Napoleon Site. For instance, Sign Storage Covered 310 Streets/ Traffic x Landfill functions will remain co -located with the Landfill Site and Operations at their current site. The Yard Storage, Signs 925 Streets/ Traffic x programming and planning efforts related to Landfill will be directly applied to new and augmented Refuse Covered Parking 3,325 Solid Waste x facilities at that location. Refuse Admin 1,525 Solid Waste x Site Totals 62,275 SITES The current sites and the groups at each site that were included in the programming and master planning sessions are identified in the following tables: Gilbert Court Site SITE AREA (SF) DEPARTMENT OWNED RENTED Napoleon Site Water Building 13,400 Water X SITE AREA (SF) DEPARTMENT OWNED RENTED Yard Storage 15,415 Water x Admin/Operations Building 6,230 Streets/ Traffic x Site Totals 28,815 Salt Storage 8,550 Streets/ Traffic x Warm Storage 7,180 Streets/ Traffic x Quonset 4,080 Streets/ Traffic x Fair Grounds Site Quonset 4,080 Streets/ Traffic x SITE AREA(SF) DEPARTMENT OWNED RENTED Quonset 3 4,080 Streets/ Traffic x Swine Building 7,600 Solid Waste x Shed 1 800 Streets/ Traffic x 4H Building 7,400 Streets/Traffic x Shed 2 500 Streets/ Traffic x Site Totals 15,000 Site Totals 35,500 NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC TOC 48 Big Ten Site SITE AREA (SF) DEPARTMENT OWNED RENTED Fire Storage 1,560 Fire X Police Storage 1,560 Police X Site Totals Landfill Site SITE 3,120 AREA (SF) DEPARTMENT OWNED RENTED Administration 3,315 Landfill X Hazardous Storage Container 400 Landfill X Recycling Shed 4,475 Landfill X Old Scale House 500 Landfill X Building A 2,770 Landfill X Building B 4,400 Landfill X Shed @ Dumpsters 600 Landfill X Site Totals GRAND TOTAL 16,460 161,170 SF DFOARTMENTS Streets Streets primary operates from the existing facilities at the Napoleon site. This department is responsible for routine maintenance and cleaning of streets and stormwater sewer systems, and the removal of leaves and snow. Streets utilizes a wide variety of vehicles and equipment to perform daily duties. The current buildings at the Napoleon site do not allow for all vehicles and equipment to be enclosed in heated storage, and does not have dedicated on-site space for employee parking functions. (Employees could park on-site in the open yard areas, but instead, adjacent parking lots at the recreation playing fields are typically utilized by this department.) Currently, the administration office is generally adequate, but crew support space is inadequate in both size and configuration. Although the current building could potentially be expanded, the building itself has some limitations due to the original building construction methods, materials, and orientation, which could make additions and/or expansion cost prohibitive. The Crew Room is small and cramped due to the atypical configuration of the room; it subdivides poorly. Locker rooms are also inadequate (especially in the spring and summer when seasonal help is utilizing the same support areas). All Streets crews will benefit from better meeting spaces and individual crew shop spaces with equipment storage and adequate workspaces. Shop space is currently at a premium and is shared between the various department crews. Three Quonset but buildings are utilized for shop areas, parts and supplies storage areas, interior vehicle/equipment storage areas, and granular material storage areas. Only two of the three huts are heated. The third unheated but is utilized for equipment storage and material storage. These areas are inadequate in size for current and future Streets functions and projected staff growth. Shared Areas A key interest of the City of Iowa City was to identify potential Shared Areas to include in the programmatic needs study for the new Public Works Campus Master Plan Space Needs Program. These areas include shared, crew support areas and shared staff parking areas. Traffic Traffic currently maintains functions and staff at both the Riverside and Napoleon sites. Traffic is responsible for routine maintenance and repair of traffic signals and signs. Currently, the Traffic Signs and Signals groups operate out of undersized shops at the Riverside Facility. These crowded shops, and the office spaces within those shops, have no room for expansion. Interior storage space is limited, inefficient, and overflows into the shop spaces. Covered Storage is currently minimal or non-existent and was included in the future facilities program to help protect expensive signs and signals. Covered and Enclosed Heated Storage areas will help speed up crew deployment, so items will not need to be uncovered from snow and Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 49 accumulated debris. Adequate enclosed and exterior parking for Traffic vehicles was included, along with parking for current employee and the anticipated department growth. To simplify the program data, Streets and Traffic functions were merged into one programmatic group, to reflect current management and organizational structures of the department. Solid Waste/Refuse Solid Waste/Refuse is responsible for solid waste collection and recycling collection in the City. Solid Waste/Refuse currently has staff and crew support areas and vehicle and material storage at the Riverside site and storage functions at the Napoleon Site. Additionally Solid Waste/Refuse utilizes vehicle storage space at the Fair Grounds site during the winter season. Solid Waste/Refuse has significant facility inadequacies at the Riverside site. Office and crew support areas are undersized and lack basic modern amenities. Vehicle and material storage areas are too small to properly store and access vehicles and equipment. Solid Waste/Refuse utilizes a building at the Fair Grounds during winter months to store vehicles. This off-site location increases deadhead mileage and wasted time for staff and increases operating cost for the City. A primary goal of the Master Plan for the new campus is to accommodate all of Solid Waste/Refuse in a single location to improve working conditions and to eliminate wasted, inefficient shuttling of staff and vehicles to off-site deployment locations. Within the new Public Works Campus, Solid Waste/Refuse programmatic needs include staff offices and crew support areas, vehicle/equipment parking areas, vehicle equipment wash down areas, and adequate leaf bag storage. Solid Waste/Refuse will utilize shared areas, including welding areas and staff parking. Water Distribution The Water Distribution (Water) group currently operates out of a separate city -owned facility located on Gilbert Court. Existing space at this facility is generally adequate, but could be better organized and reconfigured to mitigate crowded shops and storage areas. Storage space is adequate, but due to the limited use of efficient storage systems, the current organization of parts and materials is restricted and has created some inefficiencies regarding retrieval. Within the new Public Works Campus Facility, Water Distribution programmatic needs include staff office and crew support areas, vehicle/equipment parking areas, and a larger drive through pump and hydrant shop area with associated storage areas. Since Water Distribution currently operates as a standalone facility, this group has been identified as a potential future -phase element of the Master Plan, and the group could continue to operate from their existing city -owned facility. However, it is preferred to combine shop and vehicle/equipment storage areas with the Streets and Traffic group, due to similar needs and types of work performed by these groups. Eauioment Maintenance Equipment Maintenance currently operates out of the Riverside Facility. Equipment Maintenance is responsible for maintaining trucks, dump trucks, bucket trucks, flatbed trucks, pickup trucks, vans, buses, police vehicles and motorcycles, other general-purpose sedans and SUVs, street sweepers, leaf equipment, and Solid Waste Services vehicles. The current facilities at the Riverside site are outdated and inadequately sized for the type and volume of daily work to be performed. Specialty shop spaces do not exist in the current facility, resulting in work being executed in walkways and shop aisles. All of the Equipment Maintenance group will be relocated to the new Public Works Campus in order to vacate the Riverside Site to sell for private development. Currently, not all vehicles are domiciled at the Riverside location, so the new facility will require ample down line and ready line parking spaces for incoming and outgoing equipment and vehicles. Fuel and wash functions are controlled/maintained by Equipment Maintenance and are generally in place at the Napoleon Site. However, in the future, fuel/wash functions will not require direct association with Equipment Maintenance functions. Transit The City of Iowa City's Transit Operation is currently located at the Riverside Site. This operation includes Transit Administration, bus storage and servicing, and bus maintenance (currently separate from Equipment Maintenance functions at the same site). Transit is responsible for providing transit services to the City, areas near the University of Iowa campus, and into the surrounding communities. Transit also currently provides its own bus maintenance. Buses are currently stored (parked) in an enclosed heated parking area. This area is completely utilized, making the current site very tight with no room for expansion. Buses are parked in a stacked configuration to accommodate more vehicles within the building, which leads to some delays in service. The Bus Maintenance shops are outdated and inadequate in size for larger, modern buses. The general approach as outlined by City staff was to collocate Bus Maintenance and Equipment Maintenance functions. Transit Administration and Operations functions would remain separate. Police, Fire, and ITS The Police, Fire, and ITS functions are all currently located in offsite storage facilities, and ITS is non- existent at the current Public Works Site. The programmatic needs for these groups include secure climate controlled storage areas, and for the Fire Department, training areas and training classroom areas. Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 50 WT141 l The functions for Landfill Operations are all currently located at the Landfill site. These functions will remain at that location. The program development effort related to Landfill included identifying Administrative area needs, Crew Support area needs, Equipment Maintenance area needs, and Landfill Vehicle and Equipment Storage needs. MASTER PLAN PROGRAMMING The Master Plan Space Needs Program is an important component of the Master Plan for several reasons: • It requires the visualization and development of assumptions from each group involved, on how the operations would be accommodated and how shared utilization of facilities could be realized. • The program validates and defines site size requirements. • Preliminary construction cost estimates can be developed once the various parameters are quantified. Parameters include the following: the size of the building(s) required, number of vehicles parked on-site at any given time, outdoor storage areas, covered storage areas, service areas and required site features. DATA SOURCES Materials that were referenced during the space programming effort include: • Organizational charts • Vehicle and equipment inventory listings • Existing facility space inventory • Previous master plan studies • Sketches and functional floor plans (provided by some groups to convey needs and adjacencies) METHODOLOGY An interactive approach was utilized in the data collection effort. Each group that participated contributed unique requirements related to the function and needs of the City and citizens. Additionally, the groups were asked to project how the growth of the City and region would affect their facility, staffing, work areas, and vehicle/equipment needs. Programming interviews were held with each group to discuss specific needs, and to develop assumptions regarding how operations could be shared and collocated at the new Public Works Campus. The development of detailed space needs requirements for each of the groups to be located at the new Public Works Campus were based around the following functions and assumptions: • Current equipment and staff that are currently operating out of remote locations would be relocated to the new central location (except for Landfill) • Make assumptions about growth in both equipment and staff • Determine which of the facilities and infrastructure already in place at the Napoleon Site could remain, while still effectively supporting the consolidation of groups at the new Public Works Campus • Identify the requirements in buildings, vehicle parking, and site areas to satisfy the functional needs of each group at the new Public Works Campus The Space Needs have been considered to extrapolate the overall campus, and includes all enclosed building spaces, exterior staging areas, and parking and storage areas. Site sizes have been calculated to include all of the previously listed areas and increased proportionally to include areas for site circulation, easements, setbacks, buffers, and stormwater retention. During the space programming sessions conducted with each of the groups, a determination and comparison was made based on the following parameters: • Existing Conditions - the amount of area each of the department is presently operating within • 2015 Program - the area a department should currently have to operate effectively, while meeting general space standards and alleviating overcrowding • 2035 program - a 20 -year projection of area that will be required by each of the departments based on anticipated growth Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 51 SPACESTANDARDS Various space standards were applied to the Space Needs Program. The standards generally apply to office BAY AREAS Chassis Wash Bay 1,500 square feet (25' x 60') and vehicle parking areas. Area requirements in shops and storage areas were derived from functional requirements and equipment space needs. The space standards are based on functional needs and Bus Drive -Through Wash Bay 1,700 square feet (20' x 85') requirements established through the design of other facilities, rules of thumb, and specific requirements of each functional group. The space standards listed below were utilized to develop the Master Plan Space High Volume Wash Out Bay 2,400 square feet (30' x 80') Needs Program(s) and overall area requirements. OFFICE AREAS VEHICLE PARKING Superintendent 224 square foot office Heavy Duty Trucks 480 square feet (12' x 40') Medium Duty Trucks 360 square feet (12' x 30') Support Office 120 square foot office Light Duty Trucks 200 square feet (10' x 20') General Office 144 square foot office Construction Equipment 360 square feet (12' x 30') Supervisor 168 square foot office Misc. Equipment and Trailers 200 square feet (10' x 20') Administrative Asst. 80 square foot workstation Employee/Visitor 162 square feet (9' x 18') Workstations 80 square foot workstation Disabled Parking 234 square feet (13' x 18') Workstations 48 square foot workstation BAY AREAS Heavy Repair Bay 1,200 square feet (20' x 60') Heavy PM/Inspection Bay 1,200 square feet (20' x 60') Fire Apparatus Repair Bay 1,500 square feet (25' x 60') Light Duty Repair Bay 525 square feet (15' x 35') Light Duty PM/Inspection Bay 525 square feet (15' x 35') Bus Running Repair Bay 1,200 square feet (20' x 60') Bus PM/Inspection Bay 1,200 square feet (20' x 60') Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 52 CIRCULATION FACTORS The space requirements shown for each function are net usable areas. During the design of the facility, the Design Team will work toward minimizing the amount of circulation necessary for an efficient site and the facility. There are three Circulation Factors utilized in the Space Needs Program. These factors are: • Interior or Building Circulation: This factor is applied to the program as a percentage of the total building square footage. It accounts for miscellaneous building spaces such as hallways, stairwells, janitor closets, mechanical, plumbing, and electrical rooms, wall thickness, structure (CMES Factor or Net to Gross Factor), and access requirements. The following lists the factors (in general) that have been applied to the program but may or may not directly reflect actual design: — Office Areas and Support Areas 35% — Shop Areas 20% — Enclosed Heated Vehicle Storage 57-78% (Varies) — Covered Areas 10% — Exterior Storage Areas 100% . Parking Circulation: This factor is included to account for the drive aisles, walkways, islands, and other areas created by site and access requirements. This factor can vary from 15% to 100% of the actual space occupied by a certain functional requirement or vehicle. For this project the following factors were applied: — City Vehicle Parking areas 100% — Employee Parking areas 100% — Interior Vehicle Parking/Storage 57-78% (Varies) • Site Circulation Factor: This factor is also applied to the program as a percentage of the total program square footage. It accounts for areas around buildings, site drive aisles, and building and site access. For new construction, a 100% factor is normally applied to account for all site inefficiencies. The better the site conditions, access, easement, etc., the more efficient the site layout can become, reducing this factor to as low as 50%. For the new Public Works Campus Master Plan, 50% has been used to account for site requirements. It will be the goal of the Master Planning Team work toward achieving this percentile as the site layout is refined and site constraints are dealt with through efficient design. SPACE NEEDS PROGRAM The Space Needs Program begins with the identification of each space by name and a Space Standard (if applicable). The 2015 Program represents the space currently needed by each group that will be located at the new Public Works Campus on opening day. The 2035 Master Plan Program represents spaces required to accommodate the full build -out of the combined public works and transit operations on the site, and the future growth needs of the groups that have been projected, defined, and assumed by the City staff. The Space Needs Program was used by the Master Planning Team to develop conceptual site plans, which lead to the selected Site Master Plan Concepts, and conceptual building plans. Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 53 SPACE NEEDS PROGRAM SUMMARY A summary of the Space Needs Program for the new Public Works Campus is included below. This summary includes all building and site areas of each departmental group, including Shared Areas, Streets/Traffic, Sold Waste/Refuse, Water Distribution, Equipment Maintenance, Transit, Fire Department, Police Department, ITS, and Landfill. Site circulation, setbacks, landscaping requirements, and total acres required are also shown. Total Acres Required 2015 =12.00 acres 2035 = 13.62 acres Reference the diagram "Existing Site Utilization" in Section 1. The total useable site for the Public Works Master Plan is approximately 14 acres. The Napoleon Site is spatially viable when using a Site Circulation Factor near 50%. _ ACRES_ REQ. Landfill Site Transit Building Existing Building(onsite) - „� Offsite Transit Fire Police Landfill 2015 2035 2015' 2035"s 2015 2035"- 2015 2035 2015 � 2035 5,745 7.036 691 691 3.418 3.418 - - - - - - 15,510 12,785 j 12,785 96,124 2,338 NAOPLEON SITE 2,475 _ 15,510 -1 1,727 1,727 30,756 47,887 Vehicle Storage Building 70,474, 8,844 8,844 36,502 54,922 Repair Building 122,898 Shared Areas 26,774 Refuse 9,641 Streets S Traffic Water ITS 62,433 75,650 Equipment 28,922 28,922 2015 2035 2015 2035 2015 2035 2015 2035 2015 2035 0.15 2015 2035 Office and Support Areas g 134 8,134 1,210 1,210 _ 2,913 3,086 1,134 1,134 - - 3,806 4,143 Shop/Storage and Wash Areas 9,018 9,018 8,010 8,130 8280s 8280s 2475,._ 2475,._ Bay and Repair Areas - - _ 34,270 39,172 Parts and Material Storage (Enclosed Heated) - _ - 990 990 7,250 7,250 Enclosed Heated Vehicle Storage 11,681 16,014 46,743 55,251 8,188 8,188 _ Subtotal 17152 17,152 20,900 25,354 57,936 66,617 11,797 11,797 990 990 _ 45,325 50,565 Covered Areas 7,590 7,590 880 880 Exterior Areas 11,204 13,548 48,812 52,052 14,676 14,676 37,080 40,072 Subtotal - 77204 13,548 56,402,,. 59,642,,. 15,556 15,556 - - 37,080 40,072„ Subtotal Site Requirements 17152 17,152 32,104 38,902 114,338 126,259 27,353 27,353 990 990 82,405 90,637 Site Cl rculatlon, Setbacks, Drives, and Landscaping Factor 050% 8,576 8,576 16,052 19,451 57,169 63,130 13,677 13,677 495 495 _ 41,203 45,318 Total Site Requirements 25,728 25,728 48,157 58,352 171,507 189,389 41,030 41,030 1,485 1,485 123,608 135,955 Total Acreage 0.59 0.59 1.11 _ _ 1.34 3.94 _ _ 4.35 _ 0.94 _ 0.94 0.03 0.03 _ 2.84 3.12 Total Acres Required 2015 =12.00 acres 2035 = 13.62 acres Reference the diagram "Existing Site Utilization" in Section 1. The total useable site for the Public Works Master Plan is approximately 14 acres. The Napoleon Site is spatially viable when using a Site Circulation Factor near 50%. _ ACRES_ REQ. Landfill Site Transit Building Existing Building(onsite) - „� Offsite Transit Fire Police Landfill 2015 2035 2015' 2035"s 2015 2035"- 2015 2035 2015 � 2035 5,745 7.036 691 691 3.418 3.418 - - - - - - 15,510 12,785 j 12,785 96,124 2,338 2,338 2,585 2,475 _ 15,510 -1 1,727 1,727 30,756 47,887 743 743 1,947 1,947 70,474, 8,844 8,844 36,502 54,922 3,771 3,771 4,532 4,422 122,898 26,774 26,774 13,932 15,552 15,510 15,510 - 96,124 98,092 _ 13,932 15,552 _ 15,510 -1 15,510 - - 96,124 ¢ 98,092 50,434 70,474, 19,281 19,281 4,532 4,422,-, 122,898 124,866 25,217 35,237 9,641 9,641 2,266 2,211 61,449 I 62,433 75,650 105,711 28,922 28,922 6,798 6,633 184,347 187,299 _ 1.74 2.43,..1 _ 0.66 _ 0.66 _ 0.16 0.15 _ _ 12.00 13.62,..1 4.23 4.30 NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC TOC 54 DEIPATMENTAL STAFF SUMMARY (PARKING REQUIREMENTS DEPARTMENT YEAR DEPARTMENT YEAR 2015 2020 2025 2035 2015 2020 2025 2035 Visitor Staff Visitor Staff Visitor Staff Visitor Staff Shared Areas 0 0 0 0 Shared Areas 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Refuse/Solid Waste 19 21 23 25 Refuse/Solid Waste 2 19 2 21 2 23 2 25 Streets 40 44 45 50 Streets 3 40 3 44 3 45 3 50 Equipment Maintenance 23 26 28 33 Equipment Maintenance 2 18 2 21 2 24 2 26 Water Distribution 7 7 7 7 Water Distribution 2 7 2 7 2 7 2 7 Transit 53 57 61 61 Transit 8 35 8 39 8 40 8 40 Fire Training/Storage 0 0 0 0 Fire Training/Storage 15 0 15 0 15 0 15 0 Police Storage 0 0 0 0 Police Storage 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 ITS 0 0 0 0 ITS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Subtotal - Napoleon Site 142 155 164 176 Subtotal - Napoleon Site 34 119 34 132 34 139 34 148 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Landfill Operations 15 16 16 17 Landfill Operations 6 15 6 16 6 16 6 17 Subtotal - Landfill Site 15 16 16 17 Subtotal - Landfill Site 6 15 6 16 6 16 6 17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total All Staff 157 171 180 193 Total All Staff 40 134 40 148 40 155 40 165 These numbers include both full-time workers and shift workers. Transit Staff parking requirements have been adjusted by a ratio to account for shift overlap Section Two - Basis for Design TOC 55 Section 4 - Site Master Plan and Concept Building Design IN � � �w�% The purpose of this section is to discuss the planning goals, issues, charrette summary, and master planning concepts that were developed during the charrette presentation and meetings, which occurred from December 1 through December 3, 2015 at the Water Division office in Iowa City, Iowa. The purpose of the workshop was to develop a Site Master Plan for a new Iowa City Public Works Facility based on the Section 3 - Space Needs Program. The Site Master Plan is presented in this section. All other concept site and building plans developed during the workshop are presented in the Appendix - Design Options. Participants Dave Zahradnik Neumann Monson Architects Jesse Bulman Neumann Monson Architects Mark Ellis MDG Justin Tripp MDG Kumi Morris Iowa City PW Ron Knoche Iowa City PW Mark Rummet Transportation Chris O'Brien Transportation Dave Exline Water Dave Worby Water Michael Willis Water Kevin Slutts Water John Sobaski Streets Jon Resler Streets Brian Michel Streets Steve Jehn Streets Bob Henry Fire John Grier Fire Dan Striegel Equipment Repair Master Plan Goals The ICPW group requested the Design Team to develop concepts for the Napoleon property located in Iowa City, Iowa at 3800 Napoleon Lane. The Design Team identified several goals that were addressed at the beginning of the Site Master Plan and Conceptual Design Workshop. These goals guided the direction of the Design Team as they developed each concept. The goals established for the Site Master Plan and Conceptual Design include the following: • Develop a site master plan concept that meets the functional and operational needs of the ICPW • Provide a positive image to the surrounding neighborhood through building and site design • Use the site to its full capabilities to fit combined departments at one centralized site SITE AND FACILITY PLANNING During the Preliminary Design and Programming phase that occurred before the Charrette presentation, the Design Team developed a list of issues and constraints of the current site. This also included an analysis of surrounding properties and their function to ensure a new ICPW would be appealing to the community. Site Issues and Constraints • The site located at 3800 Napoleon Lane is constrained by: — Napoleon Lane to the north — South Gilbert Street to the east — McCollister Boulevard to the south — Iowa River to the west • There is a 1.75 -acre piece of property at the southeast corner of the site that is not owned by ICPW. • An animal shelter is located in the northwest corner of the site • The flood plain from the Iowa River protrudes roughly 400 feet into the western side of the site. • The Iowa River walking trail runs along the west side of the site. NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC TOC 56 Surrounding Property AnaIVsis • The site to the east of South Gilbert Street is currently not developed. The future planning of the property is for multifamily residential complexes. • The Napoleon Park softball fields occupy the property to the north of the site. • Across McCollister Boulevard to the south of the site is the Sand Lake and the Terry Trueblood Recreational Area. Pr000sed Access Points The ideal concept would be to keep all buses and large vehicles from entering the same access point as personal employee vehicles and visitors. The Design Team decided, and the ICPW confirmed, that employee parking and access to the building would be from Napoleon Lane, and fleet vehicles would enter the site from McCollister Boulevard. A separate parking lot for transit operators and administration staff, more remote to the transit building, would be beneficial to the employees. CHARRETTE PROCESS The Design Team conducted a charrette with the employees of ICPW from December 1 to December 3, 2015 at the Iowa City Water Division office. During this time, the Design Team reviewed the current site and site history, developed site concepts, presented their ideas to the staff of the ICPW, and implemented their comments into the site concepts. Dav One: December 1. 2015 The first day of the charrette began with a brief meeting with the employees to discuss the program and present facility designs, compare similar facilities (Appendix - Design Options), and receive input from the staff on design elements that would benefit them. During the afternoon session, the Design Team worked together to develop three conceptual site layouts that were presented to the ICPW staff on day two of the charrette. Program Review • The program is broken down into two staffing counts, the current staff and the projected 20 -year staff • The landfill staffing is not counted in the total amount of area required because the department has its own site location Facility Concepts • Double deep drive through — Most common vehicle maintenance building • 100% drive through — One-way circulation — Drive in/back out design • Single loaded drive through — Most expensive design — Interior drive aisle to storage areas — One large overhead door for every two bays ICPW Comments • The internal circulation of equipment and large vehicles is a major design aspect of the future facility • An internal wash bay may cause issues — Water on the floor after washing — Mud track throughout the building after washing • Separate the Solid Waste/Refuse vehicle storage area from the rest of the facility to control the odor that the vehicles produce • A mud room is a necessity for employees entering the crew areas — Easy access to restrooms, showers, lockers, etc. • Censor the vehicles so that only approved vehicles may access the facility through the overhead doors Section Four - Site Master Plan and Concept Building Design TOC 57 Project Site Study • A consolidated site will reduce the travel time between services • Roughly 14 acres of land can be developed • The employee vehicle and visitor entrance should be separate from the large vehicle entrance • The new facility would be built in phases as funds are acquired for departments to relocate their operations to the new site Dav Two: December 2. 2015 The second day of the charrette consisted of the Design Team presenting three conceptual site layouts to review with the ICPW staff that were created from the comments and feedback gained during Day 1. From the comments that the Design Team received from the ICPW staff, three other concepts were developed in the afternoon working sessions between MDG and Neumann Monson Architects. These concepts were presented on the final day of the charrette process (Appendix - Design Options). Day Three: December 3, 2015 The third day of the charrette consisted of the Design Team presenting three conceptual site layouts that were developed after receiving comments on the concepts from Day 2. These three concepts are based off the originals and have been modified to conceive a more efficient site concept. SITE MASTER PLAN During the charrette presentations, it was concluded that "Scheme F" would be the site concept that the Master Planning Team should use as a basis for developing a final master plan concept. At this point, the Design team also reviewed the charrette design schemes with the City of Iowa City Planning and Zoning Commission and received a list of considerations and comments (Appendix - Charrette Design Review Comments). During the following weeks, the Master Planning Team developed three design schemes that were derived from Scheme F (Appendix - Final Master Plan options). After final review, Scheme H was determined as the final, recommended Master Plan option. LAND PURCHASE Functionally, Option H provides the most successful design option to meet the needs of the new Public Works Facility. However, this option does require the purchase of an adjacent private parcel (see Section 1 - Adjacent Zones). If the adjacent parcel is unable to be acquired, Option G2 could provide a suitable solution to address many of the requirements for the new Public Works Facility. This option has also been included as an alternative, recommended scheme. Qr homo 7' O q E E=3 roue u ee � SCRI<ME °I7.3 • ED Advantages • The building functions as an architectural screen from the street to minimize views of the operations occurring on the site • Allows for simple phasing by adding departments to the site as more funding is made available • Internal wash area • Separate building for transit storage and administration • The Streets Department is able to keep operation in their current building and remodel/add-on in the future • Only yard storage utilizes the area of the site within the flood plain • Meets all setbacks required by the city • Adequate amount of parking and yard storage • Allows for future expansion of all buildings Disadvantages • Utilizes the southeast corner of the property, which is not currently owned by the City Section Four - Site Master Plan and Concept Building Design TOC 58 FINAL SITE MASTER PLAN SrhPmP H Advantages • 3 -building design allows the most flexibil regarding construction phasing • Appropriate maneuvering spaces are provi around the buildings, both now and during future expansions/ additions • Parking is provided near building entrances • Repair bays have the ability to allow vehicles to drive through (versus backing In/out) • The building arrangement obscures views to back -of -house functions, which are typically utilitarian Disadvantages • Utilizes the southeast corner of the property, which is not currently owned by the City ! r s 44 dPp/ � \ '% MIX BINS I } jos T ,��,� " Y 40111 BRINE i i AI POLICE E s mr^P T" o- .J✓ POLICE'' FIRE � fp �AyASTE i, O �" ♦ \ FIRE TOWER � �CC,�// ♦ YARDSTOi GE III \✓ - �� `I 11- I-1 -i I N -I' AUCTION LOT FUEL A .f (\ BULK e' -WATER McCOLLISTER BOULEVARD FUTURE DEVELOPMENT NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC TOC 59 FINAL SITE MASTER PLAN Qrhmmn r7 Advantages • Does not require the purchase of the cornerlot • Parking is near the offices and front doors • Less costly than option G1 Disadvantages • Tight turning radii - 80 feet outside of buildings, gets down to 60 feet between Transit and wash bays • Bus turning and wash bays are closer to other • Architectural presence along Gilbert Street aesthetically undesirable due to the configuration of the Repair Building and the relationship between future development o' the parcel at the southeast of the site • Future expansion along Gilbert Street res in a foreign architectural element (Repair relative to the rest of the facility • More visibility to back -of -house functions. of house functions are required to be Iota nearer to public frontages .111111 STAFF •i \ /" • PARKING 1 Opt, SALT � MIX BINS SHOPSI STORAGE �i FUTURE � DEVELOPMENT POLICE SOLID WASTE i •.\ FIRE `\ RE TOWER � �/ ` . \ N YARDSIMGE \ om 1111111 IS w-1 Ili I � � � -� ••\ �P� *-EENKIANCETRREI PARCEL 1022652013 ft 9I BULK Trp _ ♦ McCOLLISTER BOULEVARD Section Four - Site Master Plan and Concept Building Design TOC 60 BENEFITS OF THE MASTER PLAN DESIGN SOLUTInN A project of this magnitude has numerous opportunities for implementing cost saving and innovative design and construction solutions. These solutions often result in increased efficiency and effectiveness of staff. Many of these opportunities will become more apparent as the City becomes familiar with the optimal utilization of the site, the planned operations and movement of vehicles and equipment, and the other functional features of the project. Our Team used lessons learned from past projects to help the City establish and embrace modern facility design standards, while extracting best practices to implement as new City facility standards. There are numerous benefits to the City as a result of consolidating public works, transit operations, and maintenance functions at the Napoleon Site. Some examples of these benefits are: Increased Saf Safe work environments are key to public works operations and the staff providing these services. Thoughtful planning and functional design of the required work processes will reduce risk and instances of unintended pedestrian and vehicle interactions, while providing safe shop and storage spaces. Lease Cost Avoidance: Through consolidation of the off-site functions that currently utilize leased facilities, the City will no longer need to pay to use these spaces. Reduced Utility Costs: New buildings are required to be more energy efficient and sustainable, resulting in reduced energy use and utility costs compared to facilities constructed decades ago. Enhanced Work Environments: Professional office and shop work environments can be designed specifically per their intended uses. Adaptive reuse of spaces can be inefficient, and in many cases cost prohibitive. It is assumed that staff effectiveness will increase in office and shop environments due to enhanced office ergonomics, more effective meeting and crew support areas, better functional arrangements of shops and shop equipment, better access to parts and materials, and overall better building systems including heating, lighting, and ventilation. All of these features will enhance the staff's ability to do their jobs more effectively. Reduction in Deadhead Miles: Mileage not directly related to the positioning of equipment to serve the public that could otherwise be avoided through strategic placement of assets is considered to be deadhead mileage. By consolidating and domiciling all vehicles and equipment at a central site; the City will see a reduction in deadhead miles. This reduction would be of mileage related to moving vehicles and equipment to and from the Riverside Facility for deployment, cleaning, fueling or maintenance activities. Improved response and overall staff utilization: Hand-in-hand, reducing deadhead mileage improves staff efficiency. This efficiency is primary realized as an increase in available employee work time. Increase in Asset Utilization: Centralization of functions and department leads to better staff communication and more effective utilization of City assets. As a result, the improvements likely to be seen are reduced waiting for shared equipment and reduction in duplicate asset purchase requests. Reduced Eauiament Down-time: Reduced down-time related to maintenance issues may be a result of domiciling vehicles and equipment at the maintenance location (opposed to being storage off-site). These vehicles and equipment will be more readily available for preventative maintenance and other seasonal maintenance preparations. NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC TOC 61 EFFICIENCY GAINS EXPECTED For the new Iowa City Public Works Facility, efficiency gains that can be expected as a result of the new functional master plan are Office and crew support areas for administration and operations: Shop and repair bays for equipment and bus maintenance: • Reduced unnecessary movement of staff to accomplish everyday . Increased staff effectiveness and efficiency while accomplishing administrative tasks through thoughtful process layout of work everyday administrative tasks, through thoughtful process and areas equipment layout of shop offices and shop work areas • Reduced repetitive movement and activities • Reduced travel distance for field crews to access lockers, restrooms, and other support areas • Increased efficiency in administrative tasks related to proper ergonomic furnishings, furniture placement, and adequately sized offices, workstation and work areas • Increased productivity related to more pleasant working environments Enclosed heated storage areas for vehicles and equipment: • Equipment parking that is functionally adjacent to crew support areas for efficient deployment • Reduced unnecessary vehicle movement related to staging and storage of implements • Reduced unnecessary vehicle movement related to daily required cleaning of vehicles and equipment • Reduced unnecessary vehicle and material movement, as material storage and shops are afunctional placed for optimal staff efficiency • Increased staff effectiveness and efficiency while accomplishing everyday administrative tasks, through thoughtful process and equipment layout of shop offices and shop work areas GOALS • Technologically advanced equipment that reduces project set up time (i.e. modern computer controlled lifts with automated post adjustments) • Reduced movement and backtracking by technicians (mechanics) to retrieve materials and parts, through efficient internal arrangement of spaces • Reduced clutter and unnecessary movement of portable equipment, through defined storage locations in the shop • Reduced time waiting for shop equipment availability, through strategic placement of common shop equipment in designated shop area Bus transit administration and operations office and support areas: • Reduced unnecessary movement of staff to accomplish everyday administrative tasks through thoughtful process layout of spaces and work areas • Reduced movement and backtracking of movements by drivers during the dispatch process • Reduced travel distance for drivers to access lockers, restrooms and other support areas • Increased efficiency in administrative tasks related to proper ergonomic furnishings, furniture placement, and adequately sized offices, workstation and work areas • Increased productivity related to more pleasant working environment Bus transit service cycle (fuel and wash process): • Introduction of technologically advanced fluid management/inventory control systems reducing theft and unreported use, while increasing reorder efficiency • Reduction in staff movements related to service functions (fueling, fluids level check/replenishment, interior cleaning, fare recovery) through proper placement of systems within the service facility • Reduced bus servicing times and greater bus throughput, realized through the proper placement of major fueling systems/equipment and interior cleaning equipment (vacuum systems), proper layout of supporting systems (i.e. lubrication reels), proper space allocation, proper bay/lane/position access and proper bay/lane/position dimensions Bus transit site access, storage (parking), and site movements: • Reduction in unnecessary bus movements and travel distances through design and arrangement of bus parking areas • Utilization of stacked, pull-through parking arrangements to reduce bus backing maneuvers, while increasing flow flexibility. • Counterclockwise circulation allows for a more efficient and direct approach, while allowing a formal left hand circulation pattern to be prevalent • Bus parking that is functionally adjacent to operator support areas for efficient deployment activities Parts and material storage: . Reduced unnecessary movement of staff related to travel distance, resulting in decreased retrieval time of parts and materials • Introduction of high density storage systems that reduce the space required for parts storage. Improved ability to retrieve high -use parts, through functional placement within parts storage areas • Introduction of technologically advanced inventory management systems, reducing loss and increasing reorder efficiency. This will also decrease overstock assets and premium payment for overnight or expedited delivery charges for out of stock items Section Four - Site Master Plan and Concept Building Design TOC 62 Our goal as a Master Planning Team is to provide the City with a state-of-the-art public works operations and maintenance facility that improves safety, reduces operational costs, and incorporates innovative design solutions with sustainable energy saving features. Some of these features include energy efficient building systems, light -reflective hardened floors, and natural daylighting techniques throughout the facilities to bring long-term tangible benefits to the City. Examples of the Design Team's innovative approaches and technologies implemented in the master plan include: • High-density drawer and mixed density shelving/drawer storage systems. • Safe and compliant stacking and collapsible tire storage rack systems for effective safe, storage of parts, materials and tires. • Storage systems that reduce the overall space utilization for parts storage, allowing a reduction in the total building area. These systems can also benefit the shelf life of the parts by controlling the environmental and atmospheric impacts on the parts while reducing retrieval operations. These systems can seamlessly interface with a future inventory control system. • Touch -less drive-through Vehicle/Equipment Washer uses a combination of both chemical and high pressure systems to effectively wash the variety of vehicles and equipment owned by the City. • A functional "rough wash" position allows City staff to focus wash requirements based on need and season, while also improving the overall life of the equipment. This designated piece of equipment provides flexibility and a time -effective method for washing. • A touch -less front and side -brush, drive-through bus washer uses a combination of both high pressure and conventional rotating brushes. This system effectively washes the front, top and rear of the bus with directed high pressure detergent laden water, while fixed side brushes are utilized to wash the sides of the buses. • Parallelogram lifts are utilized in preventative maintenance/inspection bays to allow easy access to the sides of a vehicle, with no column obstructions, offering a clear flood and clean work area. Parallelogram lifts offer versatility and time savings by keeping the bays productive. • A flush mounted parallelogram lift in a recessed pit is also provided in the Chassis Wash Bay. This lift configuration provides the City with the ability to lift vehicles for detailed cleaning while providing a safe and ergonomic undercarriage washing configuration. • To maintain the effectiveness of the operations currently domiciled at the Napoleon Facility during construction, the following best practices of design are to be incorporated: — Project construction should be performed in phases to maintain constant operations. Design and site planning utilizes existing low use areas for new construction and temporary parking. — No existing site functions will be demolished or vacated until a replacement has been completed. — Access to the salt and sand storage buildings is to be maintained throughout all construction to ensure snow response operations are always functional. NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC TOC 63 DECIrl" Ir -ii c Responding to the South Comprehensive Plan The following passage from the City of Iowa City, South Comprehensive Plan has been a driving inspiration for the Public Works Facility concept design: "Streets as More than Pavement: Streets and adjacent parkways and sidewalks can be enhanced and planned to encourage pedestrian activity. Trees, benches, sidewalks, and attractive lighting along the street help create pleasant and safe public spaces for walking to neighborhood destinations and for socializing with neighbors. Streetscape amenities help establish a sense of distinction, identity, and security for neighborhoods. 113 Public parks and trails are defining elements of the South Iowa City district. The Terry Trueblood Recreation Area, a premier outdoor destination in Iowa City, is directly south of the future Public Works Facility (Napoleon Site). This destination is currently connected by two primary pedestrian routes; the Iowa River trail (A), which runs along the west site of the Napoleon site, and the undeveloped sidewalk and right-of-way along Gilbert Street (B), which runs along the east of the Napoleon Site. The Iowa River trail provides a picturesque route that connects downtown Iowa City to the Terry Trueblood Recreation Area. This route celebrates the strengths of this district and provides a desirable pedestrian experience. The sidewalk along Gilbert Street is currently less developed, and offers a powerful opportunity to enhance the parks and trails systems in this region of the city. Designing in conjunction with the massing requirements and recommendations indicated in the City Zoning Code, the Public Works buildings are conceptually articulated to enliven Gilbert Street, while providing a building massing that is sympathetic to future multi -family residential developments that may exist across the street. By implementing an ABAB rhythm, the facades of the Public Works Facility can establish a procession along Gilbert Street that encourages pedestrians to use and activate this currently underutilized route. At the architectural hyphen that occurs between each ABAB module, the building itself can establish destinations along this route to provide unique opportunities to experience the South District of Iowa City in a new light. 3 South District Plan, https://www.icgoy.org/district plans Conceptual Design Diagram A IBI A I Opportunity i to create a South District Destination t------------------------- t ------ Conceptual building fagade along Gilbert Street B I A NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC TOC 64 SOUTH DISTRIC DESTINATIONS Public Art 'Reinforce a shared experience of place. Identify areas within the district that can be enhanced with public art, community gardens, improved bus stops, lighting, or other features that encourage social gathering or interaction." 3 Opportunity: An art walk could feature various sculptural works, including the Herkeys on Parade, orthe Book Marks project of painted sculptural books to celebrate the City of Literature. Communitv Gardens "Incorporate local foods, art, and culture as part of revitalization efforts. Extend the City of Literature and other arts programming to South Iowa Clty.'3 Opportunity: Community garden plots could be featured along this corridor to encourage local food and abundant landscapes. Local groups, such as Backyard Abundance could establish demonstration plots to educate the community about resilient and edible plantings. Fitness "As part of Blue Zones efforts, organize walking clubs at Terry Trueblood Recreation Area for targeted demographics—senior walk days, mommy meet -ups, etc." 3 Opportunity: The south district of Iowa City is already frequented by many cyclists, walkers, and runners seeking exercise. Fitness opportunities can be enhanced by providing purposeful exercise equipment along the Gilbert Street corridor, completing a "fitness trail" loop. Section Four - Site Master Plan and Concept Building Design TOC 65 Desian Opportunities - View toward Napoleon Park NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC 66 AT - 3s Natural and local materials Variety of resilient trees and planting h i �- Views into the facility South district destinations Stormwater retention, rain gardens` ^ \—Promenade established through architecture and lighting Section 5 - Design Criteria INTRusw% ., mwmi This chapter presents the Design Criteria for the proposed Iowa City Public Works facility, by providing both micro and macro level design requirements. Functional relationship information for these spaces can be found in Section 2 - Basis for Design. The Design Criteria format found in this chapter consists of functional area modules, which offer detailed descriptions of specific design issues for each of the areas listed in the Preliminary Space Needs Program. All modules and related equipment are for representational purposes only and do not necessarily depict strict design conformance. Sustainable Design There are several sustainable design opportunities that could be implemented at the new Iowa City Public Works facility. The Sustainable Design section outlines many of the potential sustainable design opportunities appropriate for this type of facility. These options are broken into Building Design and Materials, Mechanical Systems, Plumbing Systems, and Electrical Systems. Utilities Design The utilities for the maintenance facility are numerous and require close attention to detail. The coordination of HVAC, electrical, and plumbing systems are critical to the proper function of the shops and core of the facility. Providing an organized installation and design of these systems will alleviate future maintenance. Modules Each of the building space modules contains information regarding the function of the space, affinities, critical dimension (if any), equipment, furnishings, and finishes related to the specific operation. Technical considerations for architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, and electrical systems are also delineated, and the spaces are graphically illustrated. Specific layouts for each area will be further developed during design development of the actual building project. Note that the equipment and furnishings listed are not intended to be all-inclusive. A detailed equipment list is included, and separated into groups based on function. A listing of the abbreviations utilized in the text is listed as follows. Abbreviations A Ampere NG Natural gas AFF Above finished floor SF Square feet ATF Automatic transmission fluid UC Used coolant CA Compressed air UO Used oil CG Chassis grease VAC Volts AC CNG Compressed natural gas VOC Volatile organic compound FC Foot candles VCT Vinyl composite tile GFI Ground fault interrupter W Water EC Engine coolant WWF Windshield waster fluid EO Engine oil K 1,000 pounds GO Gea- oil LB Pound HO Hydraulic oil PSI Pounds per square inch The Maintenance Facility Modules are as follows: • Office Areas • Office Support • Shop Areas • Support Areas • Vehicle Repair / Service Areas • Storage Areas • Wash Areas • Vehicle Equipment / Storage Areas NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC TOC 68 PC1Trm'rl4L SUSTAINABLE DESIGN FEATURES Creatina Sustainable Facilities Sustainability is an essential and fundamental component of the facility. The key sustainability issues that should be explored in the planning and development of the facility include, but are not limited to, the following key points. Balance between economic and environmental needs To balance both economic and environmental needs that minimize environmental impacts, the facility design should maximize employee health, safety, and operation efficiencies. This priority objective should be considered at all stages of development of the facility. Efficient use of material resources Material resources are valuable and an efficient use should be encouraged in the development and operations of the facility. This can be implemented through the use of reusable, recyclable, and biodegradable materials as well as mandating the use of products that are extracted, harvested, and manufactured locally. Efficient use of water resources The facility plan should encourage efficient use of water resources by sustaining habitats and ecosystems through resourceful planning. Examples could include the implementation of an effective storm water management plan and the use of environmentally compliant wash bays to service all vehicles. Energy efficiency/renewable energy systems Explore and promote opportunities to increase energy savings at the facility through the use of high- performance systems combined with utilizing renewable energy sources such as solar, wind, and geothermal. Construction Methods Methods of construction of the facility play a significant role in sustaining the environment. Utilizing strategies that minimize transportation costs by utilizing local resources and recycling procedures during construction to divert material from landfills will conserve energy and minimize pollution. Sustainable Criteria The following is a list of potential strategies to achieve sustainable building design. • Operable windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Utilize daylighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • In -floor ventilation • In -floor radiant heat • Water reclamation systems • Use of reclaimed water for vehicle washing LEED Certifications LEED, or Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design, is a green building certification program that recognizes best -in -class building strategies and practices. To receive LEED certification, building projects satisfy prerequisites and earn points to achieve different levels of certification. Prerequisites and credits differ for each rating system, and teams choose the best fit for their project. Each rating system groups requirements that address the unique needs of building and project types on their path towards LEED certification. Once a project team chooses a rating system, they'll use the appropriate credits to guide design and operational decisions. Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 69 SUSTAINABILITY The scale and location of the proposed, new facility affords many opportunities to implement sustainable design strategies to address site impact and energy use. The current State of Iowa Building Code will require various measures to address energy use and operation of all new buildings that are part of the project. Existing Buildings, if used to meet the needs of this master plan, are not subject to this code. The following list identifies some strategies that could be utilized: Architectural Opportunities • Energy savings beyond code — Potential Energy rebates • Solar sun screens • Photovoltaic arrays • Electric vehicle charging stations • Durable Materials • Passive solar heating • Green roof LEED Certification ODaortunities Sustainable Sites • Public transportation access • Bicycle storage and changing rooms • Low -emitting and fuel efficient vehicles • Parking capacity • Maximize open space • Stormwater quality control • Non roof heat island effect • Light pollution reduction Water Efficiency • Install low flow or waterless fixtures • Collect Rainwater from the roof • Plant native vegetation, no irrigation • Install a "living machine" to treat waste Energy and Atmosphere • Building orientation • Natural ventilation • Geothermal hybrid systems • Natural daylight to reduce artificial lighting • On-site renewables • Ice storage • Waste oil burning Materials and Resources • Certified wood, recycled/reclaimed materials • Rapidly renewable materials • Reuse/recycle construction waste Indoor Environmental Quality • Provide natural daylighting and views • Provide personal HVAC control • Use low/no VOC content materials • Separate pollutants from open areas Innovation in Design • LEED Accredited Professional on design team • Use green cleaning products • Incorporate education signage about green strategies Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 70 f�iff's Photo -voltaic shade structure Buildina Desian and Materials Parking bioswale Bicycle rack CNG fueling for buses and non -revenue vehicles Translucent clerestory windows natural light Insulated translucent sectional door Solar tube day lighting strategy Light reflective floor NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS MAINTENANCE DESIGN GROUP, LLC TOC 71 Mechancial Svstems Row y Al Heat recovery piping Destratification fan Radiant floor system Electrical Svstems LED lighting Section Five - Design Criteria Photovoltaic panels on roof Photovoltaic panel on parking canopy Under floor air distribution Task lighting Plumbing Systems Dual volume flush toilet Wash water reclaim system Rainwater harvesting Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 73 n r, r, i t i- Al 11- A c Workstation TvDe A AREA 64 SF FUNCTION Open office workstation RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Case specific; reference office descriptions CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9'- 0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Task chair • 24" deep work surfaces • 42" x 42" corner work surface • Under surface file cabinets DESIGN FEATURES • Systems furniture • Floor: Carpet floor covering (Administration/Operations) or VCT floor covering (Maintenance) • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted masonry and/or metal stud and gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A as required by code — Data and telephone receptacles SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Operable windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Exterior views y7��1 Workstation Cabinets Under SuOf ' File _.. .. Cilfllr Under Surface File Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 74 Workstation TVoe B AREA 100 SF FUNCTION Open office workstation RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Case specific; reference office descriptions CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9'- 0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Task chair • 24" deep work surfaces • 42" x 42" corner work surface • Under surface file cabinets DESIGN FEATURES • Systems furniture • Floor: Carpet floor covering (Administration/Operations) or VCT floor covering (Maintenance) • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted masonry and/or metal stud and gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A as required by code — Data and telephone receptacles SUSTAINABLE DESIGIM ;RIA • Operable windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Exterior views Section Five - Design Criteria Workstation Cabinet Csbinet 00 Under Surface File Chair I Under I` Surface I{{ File Office TVae A AREA 120 SF FUNCTION Enclosed private office RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Case specific; reference office descriptions CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Task chair • 2 guest chairs • 24" deep work surfaces • 42" x 42" corner work surface • Under surface file cabinets DESIGN FEATURES • Systems furniture • Floor: Carpet floor covering (Administration/Operations) OR VCT floor covering or finished concrete (Maintenance) • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted masonry and/or metal stud and gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Doors: Secured entry; single 3'-0" door • Windows: Exterior window required • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, as required by code — Data and telephone receptacles SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Operable windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Exterior views 10'-0" is Under Surface Vertical File Task Chair Guest Chairs Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 76 Office TVae B AREA 168 SF Private Office FUNCTION Enclosed private office RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Case specific; reference office descriptions CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Systems furniture • Task chair • 2 guest chairs • 24" deep work surfaces • 42" x 42" corner work surface • Under surface file cabinets DESIGN FEATURES • Systems furniture • Floor: Carpet floor covering (Administration/Operations) OR VCT floor covering or finished concrete (Maintenance) • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted masonry and/or metal stud and gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Doors: Secured entry; single 3'-0" door • Windows: Exterior window required • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A — Data and telephone receptacles SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Operable windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED paints • Exterior views 14'-0" Under G Surface . Vertical File Tall File Task Chair Cabinets Work Surface 00 Guest Chairs Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 77 Office TVae C AREA 224 SF Private Office FUNCTION Enclosed private office. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Case specific; reference office descriptions CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9' -0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Task chair • Desk • Credenza • Bookcase • Lateral file • Side table with 4-6 guest chairs DESIGN FEATURES • Systems furniture • Floor: Carpet floor covering (Administration/Operations) OR VCT floor covering or finished concrete (Maintenance) • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted masonry and/or metal stud and gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Doors: Secured entry; single 3'-0" door • Windows: Exterior window required • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: • General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A • Data and telephone receptacles SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Operable windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Exterior views 16'-0" Lateral File Cabinets Under Surface Vertical -File Section Five - Design Criteria TOC Task Chair Work Surface Conference Room TVDe A SIZE 8-10 people FUNCTION Separate room for meeting of 8 -10 people. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to all administrative areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9' -0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Conference table • Conference chairs • AN equipment DESIGN FEATURES • Floor: Carpet floor covering (Administration/Operations) OR VCT floor covering (Maintenance) • Walls: Acrylic latex painted masonry and/or metal stud/gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Doors: Single 3'-0" door • Windows: Exterior window required • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: — LED lighting Q — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A as required by code r — Data and telephone receptacles SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Operable windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Interior windows 20'- 0" Section Five - Design Criteria ]-cc 79 Chair TV (T YP-) ` Conference Table 3 J Interior Glazing/Windows Section Five - Design Criteria ]-cc 79 Conference Room TVDe B SIZE 10-12 people FUNCTION Separate room for meeting of 10 -12 people. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to all administrative areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9' -0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Conference table • Conference chairs • AN equipment DESIGN FEATURES • Floor: Carpet floor covering (Administration/Operations) OR VCT floor covering (Maintenance) • Walls: Acrylic latex painted masonry and/or metal stud/gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Doors: Single 3'-0" door • Windows: Exterior window required • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: — LED lighting — General purpose duplex receptacles,120 VAC, 20 A as required by CD code — Data and telephone receptacles CJ T SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Operable windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Interior windows 24'- D" Chair (Typ.) Interior Glazing/Windows Section Five - Design Criteria 1 44 80 Conference Room TVDe C SIZE 15-20 people FUNCTION Separate room for meeting of 15 - 20 people. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to all administrative areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9' -0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Conference table • Conference chairs • AN equipment DESIGN FEATURES • Floor: Carpet floor covering (Administration/Operations) OR VCT floor covering (Maintenance) • Walls: Acrylic latex painted masonry and/or metal stud/gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Doors: Single 3'-0" door • Windows: Exterior window required • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: — LED lighting — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A as required by code — Data and telephone receptacles SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Operable windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Interior windows Shelves Interior Glazingf indows 321-011 Chair (Typ. ) Section Five - Design Criteria 1"44 81 nrl irr Q1100nOT Copy / File Storaqe Area FUNCTION Dedicated alcove or room for copier/printer/scanner/fax machine and storage for office supplies RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to all office areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9' -0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Copier/printer/scanner machine • Work surface with cabinets below • Filing cabinets • Shelving DESIGN FEATURES • Floor: Carpet floor covering (Administration/Operations) OR VCT floor covering (Maintenance) • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted masonry and/or metal stud/gypsum board walls • Partial height partition walls (Administration/Operations) • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Mechanical: Air conditioned E_ -ca Shelving • Electrical: — LED lighting — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A as required by code — Data and telephone receptacles Vertical file — As required by equipment cabinets Printer SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Operable windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points Section Five - Design Criteria Crew Room FUNCTION Enclosed room used as a break area for staff assigned to the building RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Case specific • Access to all office areas, repair areas, and Restrooms CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9' -0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS Counter space, upper and lower cabinets; sink with disposal, microwaves, refrigerators, vending machines, water coolers, tables, and chairs DESIGN FEATURES • Floor: VCT floor covering OR finished concrete • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted masonry and/or metal stud and gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Plumbing: Water for sink and refrigerator • Electrical: • LED lighting, bi-level switching — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, — 20 A, as required by code — Data and telephone receptacles — As required for equipment SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Operable windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points Section Five - Design Criteria Custodial SuDDIV Storaae FUNCTION Enclosed area for janitorial supplies and mop sink RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Adjacent to Restrooms CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9' -0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Mop sink • Metal shelving • Mobile cart DESIGN FEATURES • Floor: Exposed concrete slab • Walls: Soil and grease resistant • Ceiling: Painted exposed structure • Secure area • Plumbing: Water supply to mop sink • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: — LED lighting — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected as required by code — As required by equipment SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors Section Five - Design Criteria TOC Drivers Locker Area FUNCTION Alcove area for vendors to drop off clean uniforms and pick up dirty uniforms. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Accessible from Men's and Women's Lockers/Showers/Restroom • Adjacent to an exterior door for vendor pickup/drop off CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 10'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS Vendor provided uniform lockers, bin for dirty uniforms DESIGN FEATURES • Housekeeping pad for lockers • Floor: Exposed concrete floor • Ceiling: Painted exposed structure with LED lighting • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: • LED lighting • Data and telephone receptacles • General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A as required by code SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points Section Five - Design Criteria TOC Drivers Room FUNCTION Enclosed room used as a break area for drivers between shifts RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Case specific • Access to the dispatch vestibule, quiet room, TV room, restrooms, drivers' locker area, and fitness room CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 12' -0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Counter space, cabinets, tables, and chairs • Design Features • Floor: VCT floor covering OR finished concrete • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted masonry and/or metal stud and gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Plumbing: Water for sink and refrigerator • Electrical: — LED lighting, bi-level switching — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, — 20 A, as required by code — Data and telephone receptacles — As required for equipment SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 86 To Support Areas Calmer space Table wkhairs (tyl '... 1?•,_ ' b?s ,-. To Dispatch Ve5[ibule Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 86 DISDatch Vestibule FUNCTION Dispatch: Secure enclosed area for radio and window dispatchers responsible for communication with bus drivers/train operators. Vestibule: Space at window for operator check-in, receive work assignments, and communicate with Dispatch RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Adjacent to Drivers' Room • View of bus parking • Access to mailboxes and other office areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Dispatch: Custom millwork counter/systems furniture for workstations with task chairs • Shelving for radio consoles and lost and found • Lateral file cabinets and bookcase • Report/sign out counter • Monitors for cameras in parking area DESIGN FEATURES • Vestibule: Enclosed with windows to Drivers' Room, VCT flooring or exposed concrete • Secure/closable window at counter • Dispatch: Secured entry, raised floors, VCT floor covering • Walls; Acrylic latex -painted metal stud/gypsum board walls or enamel painted masonry walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with fluorescent or LED lighting • Electrical — Data and telephone receptacles — Fluorescent or LED lighting — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A as required by code • Mechanical: Air conditioned SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points Dispatch: Windows/natural ventilation Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 87 Fitness Room FUNCTION Enclosed area for employee exercise RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Accessible from Drivers' Room/Break Room, Locker Alcove, and Restrooms and Showers CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS Miscellaneous fitness equipment determined by the Owner Television DESIGN FEATURES • Floor: Athletic rubber floor tiles • Walls: Acrylic latex painted masonry and/or metal stud/gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Doors: Single 3'-0" door with view panel • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: — LED lighting — Data, television and telephone receptacles — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20A SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Windows/natural ventilation • Utilize daylighting strategies • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors and incorporated daylight harvesting • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points Flat Screen Televisons MMA Exercise Bikes Weight Machine Treadmills All To (]rivers' Locker Area Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 88 Kitchenette / Vendin FUNCTION Enclosed room used as a break area for staff assigned to the building RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Case specific • Access to all office areas, repair areas, and Restrooms CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9' -0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS Counter space, upper and lower cabinets, sink with disposal, microwaves, refrigerators, vending machines, water coolers, tables, and chairs DESIGN FEATURES • Floor: VCT floor covering OR finished concrete • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted masonry and/or metal stud and gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with LED lighting • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Plumbing: Water for sink and refrigerator • Electrical: — LED lighting, bi-level switching — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, — 20 A, as required by code — Data and telephone receptacles SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points REF. Sink Recycling T To Drovers' Vending Room _ Cabinets (typ) Machines 1 I Microwave Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 89 Lobby FUNCTION Central entrance for customers to the facility; including a receptionist desk RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Limited customer access to the facility • Access to administrative office areas • Adjacent to Public Restrooms CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Custom millwork desk with chair • Guest chairs DESIGN FEATURES • Comfortable seating space for customers • Can be a combination of enamel painted masonry walls and systems furniture • Floor: Carpet OR VCT floor covering Vestibule • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted metal stud/gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with fluorescent or LED lighting ---� /� • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: — LED lighting — Data and telephone receptacles F-1 FU — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A as required by F code jj�� SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA F-1 • Windows/natural ventilation • In -floor ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points Receptionist • Vestibule Offices Section Five - Design Criteria 1 cc 90 Restroom / Showers / Lockers - Men JCTION Separate restrooms for male and female employees including a separate shower and lockers for changing RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access by Repair and Shop Areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9'- 0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Toilet, urinal • Deep hand wash sinks • Mirror • Hand dryer • Shower with bench and wall hooks • Full height 18" x 18" lockers DESIGN FEATURES • Floor and Walls: Ceramic tile floor covering and wall covering • Ceiling: Epoxy painted drywall ceiling • Plumbing: Toilets, urinals, wash sinks, and showers as required by code • Shower: • Fiberglass • To be separate room with changing area • Mechanical: • Air conditions • Ventilation as required by shower and code • Electrical: — LED lighting, bi-level switching, task lighting over counters — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected where required by code — As required by equipment SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points Locker with bench and footlocker 51 — Qu 77 a Section Five - Design Criteria T44 91 Restroom / Showers / Lockers - Women ;NCTION Separate restrooms for male and female employees including a separate shower and lockers for changing RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access by Repair and Shop Areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9'- 0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Toilet • Deep hand wash sinks • Mirror • Hand dryer • Shower with bench and wall hooks • Full height 18" x 18" lockers DESIGN FEATURES • Floor and Walls: Ceramic tile floor covering and wall covering • Ceiling: Epoxy painted drywall ceiling • Plumbing: Toilets, urinals, wash sinks, and showers as required by code • Shower: • Fiberglass • To be separate room with changing area • Mechanical: • Air conditions • Ventilation as required by shower and code • Electrical: — LED lighting, bi-level switching, task lighting over counters — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected where required by code — As required by equipment SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points I 13 Section Five - Design Criteria T44 92 r Locker with bench and footlocker 5' - 011 i 0 Section Five - Design Criteria T44 92 Mud Room / Wet Gear Storaqe JN Area for removal, storage, and drying of foul weather clothing and gear RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Adjacent to entry/exit door by Yard or Parking • Access to Restrooms/Locker/Shower Area CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Benches • Hooks • Gear lockers • Washer & Dryer DESIGN FEATURES • Floors: Tile or solid coating • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted masonry and/or metal stud/gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling with fluorescent or LED lighting • Doors: Secured entry; single 3'-0" door • Plumbing: • Floor drain • Standard hose bib with 4'-0" hose • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: — Fluorescent or LED lighting — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected as required by code SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points Ice Machh7tlq, Washer/ Dryer Combo Floor Drain Bench Seating _ 7A I I Hooks Baot Spray (typ) TTFI 111 I I'llTrench Draln To Exterior Section Five - Design Criteria 9:w Trainina Room FUNCTION Enclosed room used for training employees. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Case specific CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 12'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Chairs, tables, computer workstations • Including but not limited to: Projector, DVD player, television • Training supply storage: Metal shelving • Chair and table storage: Chair storage carts DESIGN FEATURES • Floor: VCT floor covering OR finished concrete OR carpet floor covering • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted masonry and/or metal stud/gypsum board walls and movable partition wall • Training supply storage: Secure entry double 3'-0" wide doors, access from inside Training Room • Chair and table storage: Double 3'-0" wide doors; access from inside Training Room • Maintenance: 10'-0" x 12'-0" overhead door to maintenance training bay • Mechanical: Air conditioned • Electrical: - LED lighting - Data and telephone receptacles - General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A as required by code - Dividable into smaller rooms. SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED paints • In -floor ventilation (administration/operations) • Interior windows Section Five - Design Criteria 94 Tab c...,'.I'. � nrupi!, - - ;;1�rstsr'.ions ._'. pP; Overhead Door TRAINING to Training Bay } — — — OPERATOR'S -f— OFFICE ##*21& # # Training Bay TARLE/ CHAIR STORAGE Cart (Typ. ) m o.cct r Sc ocn ---� Section Five - Design Criteria 94 CI­1r-tD ADI -AS Shoo - General FUNCTION Enclosed secure shop and materials storage RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to all Restroom/Showers, Break/Crew Room, Vehicle Storage Areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 14'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Severe use workbench with vise • Storage shelving and racks • Drill press, hydraulic press, vertical • Band saw DESIGN FEATURES • Forklift access • Secure entry • Access to exterior for deliveries • Floor space for a trailer/truck SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL CONSIDERTIONS • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Exterior overhead doors: High-speed roll up, 10'-0" x 10'-0", automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior. • Bollards on exterior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • As required by equipment • Radiant heat PLUMBING • Water hose bib, 3/4" with standard faucet, 2'-0" AFF • Compressed air: — Main line looped — Compressed air drops; cut off valve, union, separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnect, 4'-0" AFF — As required by equipment • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 30 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate work spaces and storage area • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls, columns, and between OH doors as required by code — As required by equipment • Communications: Paging/intercom system speakers Building Extel Overhead Door Hydr-lic I ress Trolled Truck Loading Area steel workbench with _se Bufrart Grinder B;,Ik Drill storage Press Racks V®+tical Ban Saw 0—h—c! Door Bui6dirg Interior Circulation Office Areas 95 Shoo - Common Work Areas Designated area for common fixed shop, which supports all, repair bays and associated shop areas RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access from Maintenance office areas Adjacent to Repair and PM/Inspection Bays, Parts Storeroom, Welding Shop/Storage, and Portable Equipment Storage CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 14'-0" to any obstruction EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Severe use workbench(es) with vise and parts washer • Buffer grinder with dust collector • Hydraulic press • Drill press • Abrasive blast cabinet • Horizontal band saw • Cut-off saw DESIGN FEATURES • Half -height 56" walls on 3 sides for utilities and to prevent blocking vision of shop from office areas • Forklift access SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize daylighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Natural ventilation • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic, light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: None STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • General ventilation • Radiant heat • As required by equipment PLUMBING • Compressed air drop: — Cut-off valve, union, filter, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnect at 4'-0" AFF — Provide disconnects for 1/2" and 1" impact tools • Water: 3/4" water hose bib with standard hose bib at 24" AFF • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 50 fc average, local switching, fixture located to illuminate work spaces • Power: — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls at T-6" AFF as required by code — As required by equipment • Communications: • Paging/intercom system speakers • Data conduit Parts " High Wall Dr 11 r - Washer J Press ry„ Workbench Workbench wilh with vise Vise and Cut-off Saw To Repair Bays I Office Areas 96 Shoo - Hydraulics FUNCTION Enclosed secure shop and materials storage RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Vehicle Storage Areas, Shop areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Severe use workbench with vise • Storage shelving/bin • Hose storage rack • Abrasive saw, fitting crimper DESIGN FEATURES Secure entry SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • As required by equipment • Radiant heat PLUMBING • Water hose bib, 3/4" with standard faucet, 2'-0" AFF • Compressed air: — Main line looped — Compressed air drops; cut off valve, union, separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnect, 4'- 0" AFF — As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 30 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate work spaces and storage area • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls, columns, and between OH doors as required by code — As required by equipment • Communications: Paging/intercom system speakers ST Workbencl es Abrasive Fitting Vise Saw nrtilper 'Hose Shelving Rack Peg Board T U a Vehicle Storage Area I Office Areas 97 Shop - Pumps / Hydrants FUNCTION: Enclosed secure shop and materials storage RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to all Restroom/Showers, Break/Crew Room, Vehicle Storage Areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 14'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Severe use workbench with vise • Storage shelving and racks • Drill press, hydraulic press, vertical • Band saw DESIGN FEATURES • Forklift access • Secure entry • Access to exterior for deliveries • Floor space for a trailer/truck SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Exterior overhead doors: High speed roll up, 10'-0" x 10'0", automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior. • Bollards on exterior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • As required by equipment • Radiant heat PLUMBING • Water hose bib, 3/4" with standard faucet, 2'-0" AFF • Compressed air: • Main line looped • Compressed air drops; cut off valve, union, separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnect, 4'-0" AFF • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 30 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate work spaces and storage area • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls, columns, and between OH doors as required by code — As required by equipment • Communications: Paging/intercom system speakers Section Five - Design Criteria TOC Building Exterior _ Shoo - Sion Fabrication FUNCTION Enclosed secure shop for fabrication of signs and storage for sign blanks RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Restroom/Showers, Break/Crew Room, offices CRITICAL DIMENSIONS • 14'-0" vertical clearance • Equipment/Furnishings • Layout tables with sign rollers • Storage shelving and racks • Vinyl cutter/plotter workstation DESIGN FEATURES Secure entry SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with chemical bonded concrete sealer • Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish • Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: • Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements • Exterior overhead doors: high speed roll up, 10'-0"x 101-011, automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior • Double 3`0" wide hollow metal doors; no thresholds • Bollards on exterior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • As required by equipment • Radiant heat • HVAC systems in clean shop areas PLUMBING • Compressed air: — Compressed air drops; cut off valve, union, separator, and regulator with gauge, 4'-0" AFF — As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 30 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate work spaces and storage area • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers — Data for workstation Section Five - Design Criteria TOC in ROIIrr+Prass 3 Ti,r Sign Rack (Typ.) Sign Fabrication Complete Sign and ✓ Y motor g Racks Sign Material Storage JIMEMEM eamngT�mes m E J 2 Ter Snjn Sign Clean Room Rnck (Typ.) sign Plntter, Cutter Machines Shop - Signals Shop FUNCTION Enclosed secure shop and materials storage RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Access to all Restroom/Showers, Break/Crew Room, Administrative office areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 14'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • ESD Electronics workbench • Storage shelving • Drawer storage units • Testing bench DESIGN FEATURES • Forklift access • Secure entry • Access to exterior for deliveries SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Exterior overhead doors: High speed roll up, 10'-0" x 10'0", automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior. • Bollards on exterior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL o Building Ederor • As required by equipment 0—head Daar • Overhead radiant heat • HVAC systems in clean shop areas signals Testing c�bmat PLUMBING Signal Controller • Compressed air: staging — Compressed air drops; cut off valve, union, separator, p p p eu,ksmrage Racks (typ) Signals regulator with gauge, and quick disconnect, 4'-0" AFF recon — As required by equipment . As required by equipment y ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 30 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate work spaces and storage area • Task lighting above specialized bench work areas • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls, columns, and between OH doors as required by code — As required by equipment • Communications: Paging/intercom system speakers =so J tionics Workstation Tasting Bench Section Five - Design Criteria TOC ttlu Strioina Sto FUNCTION Enclosed secure shop for Striping equipment and vehicle storage RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Access to Restroom/Showers, Break/Crew Room, offices • Adjacent to Sign Storage and Sign Workshop CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 16'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS Storage shelving and racks DESIGN FEATURES • Secure entry • Designated area for striping vehicle SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with chemical bonded concrete sealer • Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish • Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Exterior overhead doors: high speed roll up, 12'-0"x 14'-0", automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior • Bollards on exterior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • As required by equipment • Overhead radiant heat Section Five - Design Criteria PLUMBING • Compressed air: — Compressed air drops; cut off valve, union, separator, and regulator with gauge, 4'-0" AFF — As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 30 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate work spaces and storage area • Power: — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls, columns, and between OH doors — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers — Data for workstation Tire Shop FUNCTION: Repair, changing, and balancing of tires RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Adjacent to Tire Bay or Repair Bays and new and used Tire Storage Areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 14'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS (TYPICAL) • Severe -use workbench with vise • Air/hydraulic floor jack • Inflation cage • Bus/large truck tire changer • Auto tire changer • Tire balancer • Tire spreader • Tire groover DESIGN FEATURES Forklift access SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure • Doors: None STRUCTURAL • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • As required by equipment • Overhead radiant heat or forces air heating PLUMBING • Compressed air: — Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4'-0" AFF — Provide disconnects for 1/2" and 1" impact tools at locations to be determined during detailed design — As required by equipment • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 50 fc average, local switching, fixtures to illuminate workspace • Power: — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, on walls at 3'-6" AFF — Dedicated computer receptacle, 120 VAC, 20 A, adjacent to data conduit — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers — Data conduit sire. j Balancef Large Tire Tire Inflation Auto Tire Changer Cage Floor Jacks Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 102 j Large Tire Tire Tile . Changer Groover Spreadef Floor Jacks Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 102 Shop - Welding / Fabrication Ba FUNCTION Designated shop area for maintaining and welding components used on vehicles (including storage of welding materials) RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Adjacent to Repair Positions • Adjacent to Welding/Fabrication Bay • Access to Common Work Area CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 19'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS (TYPICAL) • Severe use workbench with vise • Layout table • Steel storage • Welding table • Welders • Welding screens • Buffer/grinder • Drill press • Band saw • Welding fume extractor • Overhead crane (Bridge type) DESIGN FEATURES Forklift access SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize daylighting strategies • Natural ventilation • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic, light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Double 3'-0" metal door — Exterior overhead door: High -lifting sectional, steel, insulated, 12'-0" x 12'-0" with view panels, automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls, and lockout on exterior STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment • Structure to support welding fume extraction system MECHANICAL • Special ventilation as required by welding equipment, welding fume extraction arm • As required by equipment • Radiant heat PLUMBING • 3/4" water hose bib with standard faucet at rear of bay 2'-0" AFF • Compressed air line with cut-off valve, separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnect at 4'-0" AFF • Provide disconnects for 1/2" and 1" impact tools at locations to be determined during detailed design • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: — Fluorescent or LED lighting, 70 fc average, local switching controlled by natural light — Lighting design to meet targeted LEED points to minimize need for task lighting • Power: — Welding outlets, 208 VAC, 1 phase, 50 A and 480 VAC, 3 phase, 30 A at 3'-6" AFF — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, on walls at 3'-6" AFF — As required by equipment Section Five - Design Criteria TOC — Communications: Paging/intercom system speakers J C11C11i ADAC Storage - Lube Compressor Room FUNCTION Enclosed room for storage and central distribution of lubricants, including, automatic transmission fluid (ATF), chassis grease (CG), diesel exhaust fluid (DEF), engine oil (EO), gear oil (GO), hydraulic oil (HO), used coolant (UC), used oil (UO), and Windshield Washer Fluid (WWF); Space shall include a compressor(s) and refrigerated air dryer(s). RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Access to exterior for deliveries • Acoustically and physically separated from other areas to prevent migration of noise, dirt, and fumes CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 14'-0" to any obstruction EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Above grade fluid storage tanks, air piston and diaphragm pumps; fluids stored in above double wall ground tanks, CG stored in drums, and WWF stored in a poly tank • Duplex air compressor • Refrigerated air dryer • Water deionization station DESIGN FEATURES Exterior access for deliveries SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points ARCHITECTURAL - Finishes: - Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer - Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish - Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: - Personnel door to meet applicable code exit requirements - Double 3`0" wide hollow metal door with interior exit device - No thresholds STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Housekeeping pad for both the air compressor and refrigerated air dryer • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • Maintain temperature range at 60 to 80 degrees F • As required by equipment PLUMBING • 3/4" water hose bib with standard faucet 2'-0" AFF • Compressed air line with cut-off valve, separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnect on wall at 4'-0" AFF for each lubricant pump • Tank mount all piston lubricant pump(s) • Wall mount all diaphragm pump(s) • CG pump mounted to an air operated hoist • Water tank with float valve for water to EC diaphragm pump • Plumb ATF, CG, DEF, EC, E0, GO, HO, and WWF tanks to corresponding lube reel banks located in the Repair Bays; Size for 2 reels to be used at the same time • Plumb UO and UC tanks to corresponding pumps located in the Repair Bays • Fill ports on the exterior of the building plumbed to each tank • Fluid monitoring system for ATF, EO, GO, HO, UC, and UO fluids ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 50 fc average, local switching • Power: - General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls at 3'-6" AFF as required by code - As required by equipment Dryer Duplex Compressor �5" Housekeeping Pad 8'-0" Minimum Tank Mounted 707- . - Pneumatic ° Pu ATF,) UC -a - o Wall Mounted UO JE Diaphragm Pump . g EO a Bulk Storage a, o Tank (Typ.j ,�� GG � HO Chassis Grease Drum and, Pump B .j , Louvered Exterio Double Doors Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 104 Break Room FUNCTION: Enclosed room used as a break area for staff assigned to the building RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to all crew areas, repair areas, and Restrooms CRITICAL DIMENSIONS None EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS Counter space, upper and lower cabinets, sink with disposal, microwaves, refrigerators, vending machines, water coolers, tables, and chairs DESIGN FEATURES • Floor: VCT floor covering OR finished concrete • Walls: Acrylic latex -painted masonry and/or metal stud and gypsum board walls • Ceiling: Suspended tile ceiling an exposed structure with LED lighting • Mechanical: — Air conditioned — As required by equipment • Plumbing: Water for sink and refrigerator • Electrical: — LED lighting, bi-level switching — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, — 20 A, as required by code — Data and telephone receptacles — As required for equipment SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Operable windows/natural ventilation • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points Section Five - Design Criteria 10S Ven di ng Cooler vachsirs Mater fines rs•p Sink Rahi�trakvr CE6 M�cicwrave d n.j 1 Rrwcycling , ._ ., Cork11,oard 1 Section Five - Design Criteria 10S Restroom JCTION Separate restrooms for male and female employees including a separate shower and lockers for changing RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access by Repair and Shop Areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 9'- 0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Toilet, urinal • Deep hand wash sinks • Mirror • Hand dryer • Shower with bench and wall hooks • Full height 18" x 18" lockers DESIGN FEATURES • Floor and Walls: Ceramic tile floor covering and wall covering • Ceiling: Epoxy painted drywall ceiling • Plumbing: Toilets, urinals, wash sinks, and showers as required by code • Shower: — Fiberglass — To be separate room with changing area MECHANICAL: • Air conditions • Ventilation as required by shower and code ELECTRICAL: • LED lighting, bi-level switching, task lighting over counters • General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected where required by code • As required by equipment SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Lighting controls: Occupancy sensors • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points y.� Locker with bench and footlocker low 5'-0" ni Hi \t � io u i i o Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 106 VEHICLE REPAIR / SERVICE AREAS Repair Bay - Bus FUNCTION Perform general repair and maintenance on buses and para - transit buses RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Common Work Area, Rebuild Area, Parts Room, Portable Equipment Storage Areas, Bus Staging, Maintenance office areas, and Manuals Library CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 19'-0" vertical clearance 20'-0" wide x 60'-0" long EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Severe use workbench with vise (1 per bay) • Parts cleaning tank (shared) • Lubrication reel bank with ATF, EC, and EO at end of bay and CG, GO at mid bay (shared, 1 per 2 bays) • Air/electric trapeze • Vehicle exhaust (1 per bay) • Two -post in ground lift (1 per bay) DESIGN FEATURES Back in/pull out configuration SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Exterior overhead doors: High lifting sectional, steel, insulated, 14'-0" x 14'-0" with view panels, automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior . Bollards on exterior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment • Structure as needed to support lubrication reels, exhaust reels, and air/electric trapeze MECHANICAL • Wall mounted or overhead vehicle exhaust system with exhaust hose on a motorized reel with integral exhaust fan and automatic fan switch • As required by equipment • Radiant heating system (each bay) PLUMBING • Trench drain at overhead door with removable cover to sediment and oil interceptor (1 each) • Lubrication reel bank with ATF, EC, and EO at end of bay and CG, GO at mid bay (shared, 1 per 2 bays) • 3/4" water hose bib with standard faucet at rear of bay 2'-0" AFF 0 per 3 bays) • Compressed air: — Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4'-0" AFF — Provide disconnects for 1/2" and 1" impact tools at locations to be determined during detailed design — As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 70 fc average fixtures located to illuminate work spaces and around vehicles • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls, columns, and between overhead doors — Welding outlet centrally located 230 VAC,1 phase, 50 A (shared 1 per 3 bays) — Air/electric drop "trapeze" mounted double duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, between bays (at mid bay) — Dedicated computer receptacle, 120 VAC, 20 A, adjacent to data conduit — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers — Data conduit on columns at each bav �raruircNw Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 1 c17 uR ccroa irvcre.e�e u- ` w Hee e� roro Alf.- _ Hee Batt OW cea�ng T� i5� v �raruircNw Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 1 c17 PM / Inspection Bay - Bus ACTION Bay to perform periodic inspections and preventative maintenance on bus and para -transit buses RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Common Work Area, Rebuild Area, Parts Room, Portage Equipment Storage Areas, and Bus Staging CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 19'-0" vertical clearance 20'-0" wide by 60'-0" long 20'-0" wide by 75'-0" long EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Severe use workbench with vise (1 per bay) • Parts cleaning tank (shared), parts cleaning tank - hot (shared) • Lubrication reel bank with ATF, EC, and EO at end of bay (shared,1 each per 2 bays); lower level with CG, GO (at each bay) • Pit safety covers: Cover entire pit opening • Air/electric trapeze (shared, 3 per 2 bays) • Vehicle exhaust (1 per bay) • Tool box lift from main level to lower level • Lower level: Severe use workbench with vise, rolling drain pans for used oil and used coolant, man -lift, storage shelving, used fluid storage tanks, pneumatic pumps for used fluid, and filter storage rack DESIGN FEATURES • Drive through configuration or pull-in/back-out configuration • Open area in lower level SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize daylighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Exterior overhead doors: High lifting sectional, steel, insulated, 14'-0" x 14'-0" with view panels, automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior • Bollards on exterior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment • Structural slab over lower lever to support larger vehicles • Structure as needed to support lubrication reels MECHANICAL • Wall mounted or overhead vehicle exhaust system with exhaust hose on a motorized reel with integral exhaust fan and automatic fan switch • As required by equipment • 6 air changes per hour continuous exhausted at ceiling to clear any natural gas accumulation; ten air changes per hour activated by gas detection system or manually for emergency ventilation (used for alternative fuels only) • No heating devices with open flame or heaters with temperatures greater than 800 degrees F Class 1 Division 2 rated (used for alternative fuels only) • Radiant heating system (each bay) • General ventilation with sufficient ventilation in lower level areas and as required by codes to prevent accumulation of explosive mixtures PLUMBING • Trench drain with removable cover to sediment and oil interceptor (1 each) • Trench drain in lower level to sediment and oil inceptor • Lube reel banks with ATF, EC, and EO at end of bay(shared, 1 each per 2 bays), CG, GO at lower level in pits (2 each per bay) • 3/4" water hose bib with standard faucet at rear of bay 2'-0" AFF (1 per 3 bays) • Compressed air: • Main line lopped • Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4'- 0" AFF • Provide disconnects for 1/2" and 1" impact tools at locations to be determined during detailed design • As required by equipment • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: — Fluorescent or LED lighting, 50 fc average fixtures located to illuminate work spaces and around the vehicles. — Explosion proof fluorescent, along ceiling in pit area, 70 fc • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls, columns, and between OH doors — Air/electric drop "trapeze" mounted double duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A GFI protected, between bays (at mid bay) — Dedicated computer receptacle, 120 VAC, 20 A adjacent to data conduit — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers — Data conduit on columns at each bay Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 108 2y' - C 14' - �," O'verheid Do -or h mml, .11. EHHEEM Trench Drain PI Emulating 7 Lift LuMcabon Reel Bank (OH) mace, Air0ectric Trapeze (OH) Lubrication Vehicle Ree Bank (OH) Ow Workbench Vi. Forklift Aisle Section Five - Design Criteria 109 Repair BaV - Public Works - Heavy Dut - Fire Apparatus FUNCTON Perform general repair and maintenance on public works vehicles such as 1 ton trucks, plow trucks, vactor trucks, and trailers RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Common Work Area, Rebuild Area, Parts Room, Portable Equipment Storage Areas, Vehicle Parking/Storage, Maintenance Office areas, and Manuals Library CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 19'-0" vertical clearance to structure and fixtures OR hook of bridge crane above 20'-0" wide x 55'-0" long OR 22'-0" wide x 55'-0" long EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Severe use workbench with vise (1 per bay) • Parts cleaning tank (shared) • Lubrication reel bank with ATF, EC, and EO at end of bay and CG, GO at mid bay (shared, 1 per 2 bays) • Air/electric trapeze (shared, 3 per 2 bays) • Vehicle exhaust (1 per bay) • 2 -post in -ground lift, mobile column lift, parallelogram lift (1 per bay) • Bridge crane DESIGN FEATURES Drive-through configuration or pull-in/back-out configuration SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Exterior overhead doors: High -lifting sectional, steel, insulated, 14'-0" x 14'-0" with view panels, automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior — Bollards on exterior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment • Structure as needed to support lubrication reels, exhaust reels, bridge crane, and air/electric trapeze MECHANICAL • Wall mounted or overhead vehicle exhaust system with exhaust hose on a motorized reel with integral exhaust fan and automatic fan switch • As required by equipment PLUMBING • Trench drain at overhead door with removable cover to sediment and oil interceptor (1 each) • Lubrication reel bank with ATF, EC, and EO at end of bay and CG, GO at mid bay (shared, 1 per 2 bays) • 3/4" water hose bib with standard faucet at rear of bay 2'-0" AFF 0 per 3 bays) • Compressed air: — Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4'-0" AFF — Provide disconnects for 1/2" and 1" impact tools at locations to be determined during detailed design — As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 70 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate work spaces and around the vehicles • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls, columns, and between overhead doors — Welding outlet centrally located 230 VAC,1 phase, 50 A (shared 1 per 3 bays) — Air/electric drop "trapeze" mounted double duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, between bays (at mid bay) — Dedicated computer receptacle, 120 VAC, 20 A, adjacent to data conduit — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers — Data conduit on columns at each bay Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 110 Repair BaV - Public Works - Heavy Duty • Doors: - Pull In — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements FUNCTION Perform general repair and maintenance on public works — Exterior overhead doors: High -lifting sectional, steel, vehicles such as 1 ton trucks, plow trucks, vactor trucks, and insulated, 14'-0" x 14'-0" OR 18'-0" x 14'-0" with view trailers panels, automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Common Work Area, Rebuild Area, Parts Room, Portable Equipment Storage Areas, Vehicle Parking/Storage, Maintenance Office areas, and Manuals Library CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 19'-0" vertical clearance to structure and fixtures OR hook of bridge crane above 20'-0" wide x 55'-0" long EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Severe use workbench with vise (1 per bay) • Parts cleaning tank (shared) • Lubrication reel bank with ATF, EC, and EO at end of bay and CG, GO at mid bay (shared,1 per 2 bays) • Air/electric trapeze (shared) • Vehicle exhaust (1 per bay) • 2 -post in -ground lift, or mobile column lift, parallelogram lift (1 per bay) • Bridge crane DESIGN FEATURES Drive-through configuration or pull-in/back-out configuration SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish — Bollards on exterior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment • Structure as needed to support lubrication reels, exhaust reels, bridge crane, and air/electric trapeze MECHANICAL • Wall mounted or overhead vehicle exhaust system with exhaust hose on a motorized reel with integral exhaust fan and automatic fan switch • As required by equipment • Radiant heating system (each bay) PLUMBING • Trench drain at overhead door with removable cover to sediment and oil interceptor (1 each) • Lubrication reel bank with ATF, EC, and EO at end of bay and CG, GO at mid bay (shared, 1 per 2 bays) • 3/4" water hose bib with standard faucet at rear of bay 2'-0' AFF (1 per 3 bays) • Compressed air: — Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4'-0" AFF — Provide disconnects for 1/2" and 1" impact tools at locations to be determined during detailed design — As required by equipment . As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 50 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate work spaces and around the vehicles • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3`6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls, columns, and between overhead doors — Welding outlet centrally located 230 VAC,1 phase, 50 A (shared 1 per 3 bays) — Air/electric drop "trapeze" mounted double duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, between bays (at mid bay) — Dedicated computer receptacle, 120 VAC, 20 A, adjacent to data conduit — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers — Data conduit on columns at each bay Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 111 PM / Inspection Bay - Heavy Dut JCTION Bay to perform periodic inspections and preventative maintenance on bus and para -transit buses RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Common Work Area, Rebuild Area, Parts Room, Portage Equipment Storage Areas, and Bus Staging CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 19'-0" vertical clearance 20'-0" wide by 60'-0" long 20'-0" wide by 75'-0" long EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Severe use workbench with vise (1 per bay) • Parts cleaning tank (shared), parts cleaning tank - hot (shared) • Lubrication reel bank with ATF, EC, and EO at end of bay (shared,1 each per 2 bays); lower level with CG, GO (at each bay) • Pit safety covers: Cover entire pit opening • Air/electric trapeze (shared, 3 per 2 bays) • Vehicle exhaust (1 per bay) • Tool box lift from main level to lower level • Lower level: Severe use workbench with vise, rolling drain pans for used oil and used coolant, man -lift, storage shelving, used fluid storage tanks, pneumatic pumps for used fluid, and filter storage rack DESIGN FEATURES • Drive through configuration or pull-in/back-out configuration • Open area in lower level SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize daylighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL Finishes: • Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer • Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish • Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish Doors: • Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements • Exterior overhead doors: High lifting sectional, steel, insulated, 14'-0" x 14'-0" with view panels, automatic operator interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior • Bollards on exterior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment • Structural slab over lower lever to support larger vehicles • Structure as needed to support lubrication reels MECHANICAL • Wall mounted or overhead vehicle exhaust system with exhaust hose on a motorized reel with integral exhaust fan and automatic fan switch • As required by equipment • 6 air changes per hour continuous exhausted at ceiling to clear any natural gas accumulation; ten air changes per hour activated by gas detection system or manually for emergency ventilation (used for alternative fuels only) • No heating devices with open flame or heaters with temperatures greater than 800 degrees F Class 1 Division 2 rated (used for alternative fuels only) • Radiant heating system (each bay) • General ventilation with sufficient ventilation in lower level areas and as required by codes to prevent accumulation of explosive mixtures PLUMBING • Trench drain with removable cover to sediment and oil interceptor (1 each) • Trench drain in lower level to sediment and oil inceptor • Lube reel banks with ATF, EC, and EO at end of bay(shared, 1 each per 2 bays), CG, GO at lower level in pits (2 each per bay) • 3/4" water hose bib with standard faucet at rear of bay 2'-0" AFF (1 per 3 bays) • Compressed air — Main line lopped — Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4'-0" AFF — Provide disconnects for 1/2" and 1" impact tools at locations to be determined during detailed design — As required by equipment • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: — Fluorescent or LED lighting, 50 fc average fixtures located to illuminate work spaces and around the vehicles. — Explosion proof fluorescent, along ceiling in pit area, 70 fc • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls, columns, and between OH doors — Air/electric drop "trapeze" mounted double duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A GFI protected, between bays (at mid bay) — Dedicated computer receptacle, 120 VAC, 20 A adjacent to data conduit — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers — Data conduit on columns at each bay Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 112 Pit Emulating Lift Parts Cleaning Tank Lubrication Reel Bank Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 113 Repair BaV - Public Works - Light Duty FUNCTION Perform general repair and maintenance on vehicles less than 1 ton RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Common Work Area, Rebuild Area, Parts Room, Portable Equipment Storage Areas, Vehicle Staging, Maintenance Office areas, and Manuals Library CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 18'-0" vertical clearance to structure and light fixtures 15'-0" wide by 35'-0" long EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS (TYPICAL) • Severe use workbench with vise (1 per bay) • Parts cleaning tank (shared) • Lubrication reel bank with ATF, CG, EC, E0, GO at end of bay (shared 1 per 2 bays) • Vehicle exhaust (1 per bay) • Above -ground 2 -post or in -ground lift (1 per bay) DESIGN FEATURES Drive-through configuration or pull-in/back-out configuration SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Exterior overhead doors: High -lifting sectional, steel, insulated, 12'-0" x 12'-0" feet with view panels, automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior — Bollards on exterior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment • Structure as needed to support lubrication reels, exhaust reels • Structure to support in -ground lift OR surface mounted lift MECHANICAL . Wall mounted or overhead vehicle exhaust system with exhaust hose on a motorized reel with integral exhaust fan and automatic fan switch • As required by equipment • No heating devices with open flame or heaters with temperatures greater than 800 degrees F Class 1 Division 2 rated (used for alternative fuels only) • In floor and overhead radiant heating system (each bay) • General ventilation with sufficient ventilation as required by codes PLUMBING — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, on walls, columns, and between overhead doors — Welding outlet centrally located 230 VAC,1 phase, 50 A (shared 1 per 3 bays) — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers — Data conduit on columns at each bay • Trench drain at overhead door with removable cover to sediment and oil interceptor (1 each) • Lubrication reel bank with ATF, CG, EC, E0, and GO at end of bay (shared 1 per two bays bay) • 3/4" water hose bib with standard faucet at rear of bay 2'-0" AFF (1 per 3 bays) • Compressed air: — Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4'-0" AFF b — Provide disconnects for 1/2" and 1" impact tools at locations to be determined during detailed design — As required by equipment • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 70 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate work spaces and around the vehicles • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF �s-o• Overhead Door Vehicle Exhaust Above Ground Lift Lubrication Reel Bank Parts Cleaning Tank Column Workbench Vise Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 114 PM / Inspection Bay - Light Duty )N Bay to perform periodic inspections and preventative maintenance on bus and para -transit buses RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Common Work Area, Rebuild Area, Parts Room, Portage Equipment Storage Areas, and Bus Staging CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 19'-0" vertical clearance 20'-0" wide by 60'-0" long EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS (TYPICAL) • Severe use workbench with vise (1 per bay) • Parts cleaning tank (shared), parts cleaning tank - hot (shared) • Lubrication reel bank with ATF, EC, and EO at end of bay (shared,1 each per 2 bays); lower level with CG, GO (at each bay) • Pit emulating lift • Air/electric trapeze (shared, 3 per 2 bays) • Vehicle exhaust (1 per bay) DESIGN FEATURES Drive through configuration or pull-in/back-out configuration SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize daylighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Exterior overhead doors: High lifting sectional, steel, insulated, 12'-0" x 12'-0" with view panels, automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior — Bollards on exterior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment • Structure as needed to support lubrication reels MECHANICAL • Wall mounted or overhead vehicle exhaust system with exhaust hose on a motorized reel with integral exhaust fan and automatic fan switch • As required by equipment • Radiant heating system (each bay) PLUMBING • Trench drain with removable cover to sediment and oil interceptor (1 each) • Lube reel banks with ATF, EC, and EO at end of bay(shared, 1 each per 2 bays), CG, GO at lower level in pits (2 each per bay) • 3/4" water hose bib with standard faucet at rear of bay 2'-0" AFF (1 per 3 bays) — Compressed air: — Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4'-0" AFF — Provide disconnects for 1/2" and 1" impact tools at locations to be determined during detailed design — As required by equipment • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: — Fluorescent or LED lighting, 70 fc average fixtures located to illuminate workspaces and around the vehicles. • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected on walls, columns, and between OH doors — Air/electric drop "trapeze" mounted double duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A GFI protected, between bays (at mid bay) — Dedicated computer receptacle, 120 VAC, 20 A adjacent to data conduit — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers — Data conduit on columns at each bay 15-P 12-P Overhead Door venue Exhaust Drive -On Lift Lubrication Reel Bank Column Workbench Vise q Forkhtt 'Aisle ,. Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 115 Fuelinq Position (Transit) FUNCTION Drive-through for fueling, toping off lubrication fluids, probing, money collection, vacuuming, and cleaning the interior of the buses. Fuels will include diesel, and gasoline RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Adjacent to the Fare Collection/Counting Room Access to Men's and Women's Restrooms Access to cleaning supply storage CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 12'-0" wide lanes 8'-0" wide equipment lanes 16'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Vacuum station (hose and reel stanchion) • Lube reel banks • Emergency safety shower/eyewash • Vault receiver and probing equipment • Video monitoring of vault areas • Dispensers (diesel, gasoline) • Fuel Tram • Fuel management system DESIGN FEATURES • Access to other Service Island rooms and offices • Drive-through configuration • No curbing SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light color finish — Canopy: Painted exposed structure in lanes, light color finish • Bollards located at entrance to each lane and in front of fueling, vacuum, and fare collection equipment STRUCTURAL • Sealed concrete joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment • No curbing MECHANICAL • As required by equipment • Overhead Radiant Heat System PLUMBING • Two sided mop sink with mop wringer built in to the fuel island • Water connection to emergency shower/eye wash • Compressed air: — Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4'-0" AFF — As required by equipment • Lube reel banks with ATF, EC, EO at each lane controlled by the Fluid Management System • Provide product and vapor recovery piping as required to and from fuel tanks and dispensers • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: — LED or fluorescent lighting 50 fc average, time clock/photocell switched — All lighting on emergency power circuits • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — Fuel dispensers and submersible pumps on emergency power circuit — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, on walls, columns, and 3'-6" AFF • Fuel Management System: Provide power and signal conduit from island terminals to the office designated by the owner • Communications: Paging/intercom system speakers Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 116 J U Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 116 Fare Collection / Counting Room Transit FUNCTION Secure Room for Counting Bus Revenue RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Adjacent to the Fuel Lanes • Access to Men's and Women's Restrooms CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 12'-0" vertical EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Vault receiver and fare probing equipment • Video monitoring of vault areas • Counting equipment DESIGN FEATURES • Special counter • Top material in counting area SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points Aor 17-71 1o AI • rmisnes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light color finish — Canopy: Painted exposed structure in lanes, light color finish • Bollards located in front of fare collection equipment STRUCTURAL • Sealed concrete joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment • Design canopy to prevent the accumulation of explosive natural gas mixtures • No curbing MECHANICAL As required by equipment HVAC Systems PLUMBING As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: — LED fixtures or fluorescent lighting 50 fc average, time clock/photocell switched — All lighting on emergency power circuits • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, on walls, columns, and 3'-6" AFF Communications: Paging/intercom system speakers Through - Wall Vault Computer Workstation Fueling Lanes Coon Sorter SheVving 10 Section Five - Design Criteria 117 QTnIMAf'r A017AC Storaae - Battery Room I ?N Enclosed and secure area for storage and charging of vehicle batteries RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Adjacent to Parts Storage • Adjacent to Repair Bays CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 12'-0" vertical clearance EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Hardwood battery bench • Battery charger with bar for batteries • Storage shelving DESIGN FEATURES • Provide charging and storage area for batteries • Sustainable Design Criteria • Utilize day lighting strategies, occupancy sensors • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Smooth finish concrete with acid resistant epoxy paint — Walls: Smooth finish masonry with acid resistant epoxy paint — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: Sliding wire mesh or 3'-0" door STRUCTURAL • As required to support equipment MECHANICAL • Adequate ventilation (15 air changes per hour minimum) • Ductwork and fans to be stainless steel PLUMBING • Water connection to emergency eye wash/shower • Combination emergency shower/eye wash with flow switch activated audible alarm • Acid resistant floor drain and piping to acid dilution tank (if required) ELECTRICAL • Lighting: LED lighting, 50 fc local switching, fixtures to illuminate workspace • Power: — Weatherproof duplex receptacle, 120 VAC, GFI protected at 3'-6" AFF — As required by equipment Bulk Storage Rack Battery Bench Battery Charger Floor Drain .1 Eyewash Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 118 Dorfc Dnnm Dedicated secure area for receiving, storage, and issuing of parts, materials, and specialized tools RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Adjacent to the Repair Bays and Shops • Access to the exterior for deliveries/distribution CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 14'-0" vertical clearance below mezzanine 10'-0" vertical clearance on mezzanine EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS (TYPICAL) • Layout table and desk at receiving • Storage shelving, racks, and cabinets • Storage cabinets • Forklift access to mezzanine DESIGN FEATURES • Provide issue counter with stainless steel top and locking security grill • Provide staging area for shipping/receiving with an overhead door to the exterior of the building • Forklift access SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish — Removable gate at mezzanine for forklift access • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Interior overhead door, coiling steel, 10'-0" x 12'-0", automatic operator, push button controls STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • HVAC systems at office and issue window • Radiant heating • As required by equipment and code PLUMBING • As required by equipment owner ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 50 fc average, local switching, fixture located to illuminate work spaces • Power: — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, on walls at 3'-6" AFF as required by code — Dedicated computer receptacle, 120 VAC, 20 A, adjacent to data cable conduit at parts window and receiving door — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers — Data outlet and conduit for computer at parts window and receiving door — Buzzer at parts window and shipping/receiving door i ininiu loll Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 119 WACW ADt-AC Wash Bav - Bus FUNC . Designated bay for automatic washing of sides, top, front, back, and undercarriage of transit buses. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Adjacent to Wash Equipment Room CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 20'-0" vertical clearance Wash Bay: 25'-0" x 95'-0" (sized to all for wash equipment and to allow adequate dwell time for detergent after application by the detergent arch, and prior to arriving at the brush assembly) EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Automatic wash equipment • Equipment should recycle as much water as possible • High volume air blow off is optional, aids in reducing water spats on windows DESIGN FEATURES • Includes room for wash equipment controls, pumps, tanks, and reclaim equipment • Bay should be physically isolated from other maintenance areas to prevent migration of noise, dirt, and fumes SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting design to meet targeted LEED points • In -floor radiant heating • Water reclamation system • Use of rain water for vehicle washing ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish, polyurea coating — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Wash Bay: Exterior overhead doors: poly carbonate, 14'0" x 14'-0", automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior. Sensors on exterior and interior for automatic roll up and roll down — Wash Equipment Room: Exterior high lift overhead door: 10'-0" x 12'-0", automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Control joints to have metal water stops • Structure as needed to support equipment • Wash bay: — Integrated trench drain and sump pit with removable covers — Trench drain with removable cover at overhead door(s) • Wash Equipment Room - sump pits with removable covers MECHANICAL • Special ventilation to remove moisture • Low air supply to eliminate mist and steam • Water resistant equipment • As required by equipment PLUMBING • Trench drains: — Integrated trench drain and sump pit with removable covers. Sump pit overflow to sump pits in Wash and Reclaim Equipment Room — Trench with removable cover at overhead doors • Wash equipment room: sump with removable covers and an overflow to sediment and oil interceptor • Water and compressed air connections to wash and reclamation equipment • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: • Water tight LED or fluorescent light fixtures, 30 fc average • Power: — All conduit and electrical boxes sealed for a wet environment — All receptacles and outlets mounted at 3'-6" AFF — As required by equipment • Communications: • Paging/intercom system speaker Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 120 Wash - Chassis FUNCTION Enclosed bay for washing of bus undercarriages, engine compartments, and components RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS • Access to all other Maintenance areas • Adjacent to Repair Bays CRITICAL DIMENSIONS • 19'-0" vertical clearance • 25'-0" wide by 60'-0" long EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Wash system with hand lances • Emergency safety shower/eyewash • Parallelogram lift • High pressure washer and soap DESIGN FEATURES • Drive-through or back -in pull-out configuration • Recessed parallelogram lift • Physically separated from other areas to prevent migration of noise, dirt, and fumes if passible • Over sized sump pit for collection of sediment SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Water reclamation system • Use of rain water for vehicle washing ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish • Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors — Personnel doors with view panels to meet applicable code exit requirements — Exterior overhead door: Air operated, high lifting sectional, polycarbonate, 14'-0" x 14'-0" with view panels, automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls and lockout on exterior — Double 3'-0" wide hollow metal doors with interior exit device — Bollards on exterior jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Recessed slab for parallelogram lift • Structural grating over sump pit to accommodate H-20 loading • Large 10'-0" x 12'-0" grated sump with side drain box for overflow • Slop floor to trench drain and sump pit • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • Special ventilation to remove moisture, low air supply to eliminate steam • Water resistant heating system • As required by equipment PLUMBING • Compressed air line with cut-off valve, regulator with gauge and quick disconnect at 4'-0" AFF • Wash connections to hand lance on both sides of bay • Water connection to emergency eye wash/shower • Trench drain area (with removable cover) to sediment and oil inceptor • Trench drains to overhead doors • Large 10'-0" x 12'-0" grated sump with side drain overflow to sediment and oil inceptor • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Section Five - Design Criteria TOC — Sealed fluorescent or LED water tight lighting, 50 fc average, local switching, fixtures to illuminate workspaces around vehicle — Task lighting located at low level to illuminate underside of vehicles, local switching • Power — Waterproof duplex receptacles,120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, on walls at 3'-6" AFF • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers — Data conduit Rough Wash Ba FUNCTION Enclosed bay for washing of large equipment. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHEr • Access to all other Maintenance areas • Adjacent to other Wash areas CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 19'-0" vertical clearance 20'-0" wide by 60'-0" long EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • Wash system with hand lances • Emergency safety shower/eyewash • Work Platform • High volume/low pressure washer • High volume reel, hose, and nozzle DESIGN FEATURES • Drive-through or back -in pull-out configuration • Physically separated from other areas to prevent migration of noise, dirt, and fumes if passible • Over sized sump pit for collection of sediment and oil SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Water reclamation system • Use of rain water for vehicle washing ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel doors with view panels to meet applicable code exit requirements — Exterior overhead door: Air operated, high lifting sectional, polycarbonate, 14'-0" x 14'-0" with view panels, automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls and lockout on exterior — Double 3'-0" wide hollow metal doors with interior exit device • Bollards on exterior jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Recessed slab for parallelogram lift • Structural grating over sump pit to accommodate H-20 loading • Large 10'-0" x 12'-0" grated sump with side drain box for overflow • Slop floor to trench drain and sump pit • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL -S pecial ventilation to remove moisture, low air supply to eiminate steam • Water resistant heating system • As required by equipment PLUMBING • Compressed air line with cut-off valve, regulator with gauge and quick disconnect at 4'-0" AFF • Wash connections to hand lance on both sides of bay • Water connection to emergency eye wash/shower • Trench drain area (with removable cover) to sediment and oil inceptor • Trench drains to overhead doors • Large 10'-0" x 12'-0" grated sump with side drain overflow to sediment and oil inceptor • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting — Sealed fluorescent or LED water tight lighting, 50 fc average, local switching, fixtures to illuminate workspaces around vehicle — Task lighting located as low level to illuminate underside of vehicles, 20 fc average, local switching • Power — Waterproof duplex receptacles,120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, on walls at 3'-6" AFF • Communications — As required Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 122 VEHICLE / EQUIPMENT STORAGE AREAS Storage - Heated Vehicle - Transit 30 ft FUNCTION Enclosed secure vehicle storage area for transit buses RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Break/Crew Room and exterior CRITICAL DIMENSIONS • 14'-0" vertical clearance (Min.) • 12'-0" x 30'-0" space size EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS • None DESIGN FEATURES • Access to exterior SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: - Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer - Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish - Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: - Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements - Exterior overhead doors: High-speed roll up, 20'-0" x 14'0", automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior - Bollards on exterior and interior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Floor sloped to trench drain • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • As required by equipment PLUMBING • Trench drains: - Drain to sediment and oil interceptor - Parallel with vehicle parking with removable covers • Compressed air: - Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4`0" AFF - As required by equipment • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 30 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate storage area • Power: - All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF - General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, on walls, columns, and between overhead doors as required by code - As required by equipment • Communications: - Paging/intercom system speakers Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 2o' -a^ Bollard (typ) Trench Drain Overhead Door 11117111 1 o ---- - - - - - - - ,. 12:_flr: - - - - - - - - - - -- 12' D" 5'-D^.. I I � I Storage - Heated Vehicle - Transit 40 ft FUNCTION: Enclosed secure vehicle storage area transit buses RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Break/Crew Room and exterior CRITICAL DIMENSIONS • 14'-0" vertical clearance • 12'-0" x 40'-0" space size EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS None DESIGN FEATURES Access to exterior SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements — Exterior overhead doors: High-speed roll up, 20'-0" x 14'0", automatic operator, interior and exterior push button controls with lockout on exterior — Bollards on exterior and interior at jambs of overhead door (2 each) STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Floor sloped to trench drain • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • As required by equipment PLUMBING • Trench drains: — Drain to sediment and oil interceptor — Parallel with vehicle parking with removable covers • Compressed air: — Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4'-0" AFF — As required by equipment • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 30 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate storage area • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, on walls, columns, and between overhead doors as required by code — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 124 Storage - Heated Vehicle Truck - Equipment FUNCTION Enclosed secure vehicle storage area small trucks, and equipment RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Break/Crew Room and exterior CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 10'-0" x 20'-0" space size EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS None DESIGN FEATURES Access to exterior via interior drive aisle SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Floor sloped to trench drain • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • As required by equipment • Radiant heat PLUMBING • Water hose bib, 3/4" with standard faucet, 2'-0" AFF • Compressed air: — Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4'-0" AFF — As required by equipment • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 30 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate storage area • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, on walls, columns, and between overhead doors as required by code — As required by equipment • Communications: Paging/intercom system speakers Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 125 Storaae - Heated Vehicle Truck - Heav FUNCTION Enclosed secure vehicle storage area RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Break/Crew Room and exterior CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 12'-0" x 40'-0" space size EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS None DESIGN FEATURES Access to exterior SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Floor sloped to trench drain • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • As required by equipment • Radiant heat PLUMBING • Water hose bib, 3/4" with standard faucet, 2'-0" AFF • Compressed air: — Main line lopped — Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4'-0" AFF — Provide disconnects for 1/2" and 1" impact tools at locations to be determined during detailed design — As required by equipment • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 30 fc average, fixtures located to illuminate storage area • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI protected, on walls, columns, and between overhead doors as required by code — As required by equipment • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers b O e Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 126 Storage - Heated Vehicle Truck - Medium FUNCTION Enclosed secure vehicle storage area RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER AREAS Access to Break/Crew Room and exterior CRITICAL DIMENSIONS 12'-0" x 40'-0' space size EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS None DESIGN FEATURES Access to exterior SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CRITERIA • Utilize day lighting strategies • Provide user -adjustable comfort and lighting controls • Lighting designed to meet targeted LEED points • Radiant heat ARCHITECTURAL • Finishes: — Floor: Soil, grease, water, slip resistant concrete with integral non-metallic light reflective hardener, and chemical bonded concrete sealer — Walls: Soil and grease resistant, light colored finish — Ceiling: Painted exposed structure, light colored finish • Doors: — Personnel door with view panel to meet applicable code exit requirements STRUCTURAL • Control joints in floor slab at adequate spacing • Floor sloped to trench drain • Structure as needed to support equipment MECHANICAL • As required by equipment • Radiant heat PLUMBING • Water hose bib, 3/4" with standard faucet, 2•-0•' AFF o • Compressed air: — Main line lopped I II — Compressed air drops with cut-off valve, union separator, regulator with gauge, lubricator, and quick disconnects on 4•-0" AFF I I — Provide disconnects for 1/2" and 1" impact tools at locations to be determined during detailed design j — As required by equipment b , � _ I i • As required by equipment ELECTRICAL i I • Lighting: Fluorescent or LED lighting, 30 fc average, fixtures +' I located to illuminate storage areaje11 1 Y J1 • Power: — All receptacles and outlets at 3'-6" AFF — General-purpose duplex receptacles, 120 VAC, 20 A, GFI- L L protected, on walls, columns, and between overhead 12'-a• a2' -c' 6-0" doors as required by code' , — As required by equipment — InteriorDrive - Alsfe • Communications: — Paging/intercom system speakers Section Five - Design Criteria TOC 127 Section 6 - Opinion of Probable Cost The opinion of probable cost (OPQ provides a high-level analysis of the costs associated with the construction of the Iowa City Public Works project. Solid Waste, Streets and Traffic, and Police and Fire were Identified as top priority for phasing. Equipment and Water were identified as having 2nd priority, followed by Transit. Existing building inventory for first -priority structures are in the worst condition or need substantial repairs. Some first -priority departments are housed on rental properties or may be working out of facilities at multiple locations, which leads to productivity loss and makes it difficult to keep tabs on equipment and tools. The first -priority departments are also in facilities that no longer provide conditions that promote worker efficiency and health. This may lead to problems filling future positions and maintaining staff. The current practice of parking equipment outside in the elements accelerates equipment degradation and life expectancy. The team estimates that these factors are costing the city between $300,000 and $400,000 annually. If no buildings are constructed the team recommends putting aside $1,000,000 to replace roofs and upgrade restrooms to code compliancy in the next 5 years for their existing facilities. This deferred maintenance cost will only maintain the current facilities, that are in no way functional or desirable. The team also identified the possible sale of existing property to the total of 4.77 Million dollars. However, this amount will not be realized until all departments identified in the report are relocated. BUDGET SUMMARY BUILDING PHASE 1 PHASE 2 TOTAL Vehicle Storage $ 10,475,807.73 $ 11,929,232.64 $ 22,405,040.36 Maintenance $ 8,486,049.77 $ 1,813,235.70 $ 10,299,285.47 Transit $ 5,794,382.61 $ 1,813,918.56 $ 7,608,301.17 $ 40,312,627.00 RECOMMENDED CONSTRUCTION The team recommends Phase 1 Construction for Vehicle Storage and Maintenance to happen in conjunction with each other. This will allow for the sale of the Solid waste and Maintenance Structures on Riverside Drive to offset the cost of purchasing the corner lot, and to create more positive revenue for the project. The anticipated sale for these properties is 1.3 Million dollars. This will allow for the most flexibility by consolidating functions to provide efficiencies between departments, in lieu of moving each department individually. The existing buildings that house these departments are drastically undersized due to the increased dimensions of modern equipment and implements. These facilities also have the greatest need for repairs, and currently rent spaces for operations. Providing a modern facility for these departments will positively impact their efficiency by allowing for better laydown/work areas around equipment. This phase of the facility will also create flexibility for future needs through a more effective layout, and will help create a healthier environment for the greatest number of employees. /rr Vehicle Storag>�, Phase 2 a� SEM 'I k xa •. — C MainN. �. Transit Ph e2 i L '•ice..•. Phe 2 I Office Areas 128 APPENDICES .,,,,,QCT COMPARISON Cedar Rapids, Iowa QEll��illll;s� • All internal circulation of vehicles • Interior drains are equipped for the wash bay • Easy access for the operators to safely get to their vehicles • All shops are adjacent to the vehicle storage area and have exterior access • Isolated storage area for Solid Waste/Refuse trucks • Two-story administration area with easy access to the mezzanine level of the repair shop Des Moines, Iowa ...::_l� ....._ I I -- • Easy access for the operators to safely get to their vehicles • Two-story administration area with easy access to the mezzanine level of the repair shop Office Areas 129 Naperville, Illinois m ll'1 jI I 1 _ D' m — e T • Large vehicles access the repair position from the exterior • Small vehicles circulate through the building and have access to the repair bays and vehicle storage area • No backing up of vehicles is required • External vehicle storage area for spare vehicles Springfield, Missouri --a o - 1 U P.•v a.. R.•...e.40 • imp � :T fxweiv P.wxix• • 6a � l '* DIDi 800"W AS AVINUL • Separate bus storage building with no interior circulation • Stacked parking • Four drive through lanes Section Six - Opinion of Probable Cost 130 ��mma D . DI • Large vehicles access the repair position from the exterior • Small vehicles circulate through the building and have access to the repair bays and vehicle storage area • No backing up of vehicles is required • External vehicle storage area for spare vehicles Springfield, Missouri --a o - 1 U P.•v a.. R.•...e.40 • imp � :T fxweiv P.wxix• • 6a � l '* DIDi 800"W AS AVINUL • Separate bus storage building with no interior circulation • Stacked parking • Four drive through lanes Section Six - Opinion of Probable Cost 130 St. Charles. Missouri --I - -- - - - -- - 7-7 I • "Campus Style" facility • All vehicles that are stored outside have a block heater • Exterior wash building • The building gives and architectural screening from the street view of the operations happening on site Kenosha, Wisconsin a S sa • Transit only facility with all internal operations • Internal parking, fueling, and washing of the fleet • Radiant heated flooring Section Six - Opinion of Probable Cost 131 Ann Arbor, Michiaan 1.Transit only facility 2.The bus storage building is separate from the maintenance building 3.Three vehicle deep storage building 4.lnternal fueling and wash Section Six - Opinion of Probable Cost 132 A00fvllInIX - DESIGN OPTIONS Scheme "A" Scheme "B" [� aouo Wasre l > � ��uti WAre� �, t� YARo �rra.Rr>:L� •�'....r. POL�LE�FIRIE, CiIYARo S�'OR.KrE �- _'` - -. ij QL Advantages • The building is an architectural screen from the street view of the operations occurring on site • No elements of the site design layout protrude into the flood plain • Allows for simple phasing by adding departments to the to the site as more funding is made available • Internal wash area • Internal drive aisle with individual overhead doors for each bay • Separate building for transit storage and administration Disadvantages • Utilizes the southeast corner of the property that has not been purchased by the city yet • The large building concept would seem to industrial from the street view and for the future housing east of the site • Requires the demolishing of the current Streets Department building 1) Advantages • The building is an architectural screen from the street view of the operations occurring on site • No elements of the site design layout protrude into the flood plain • Allows for simple phasing by adding departments to the to the site as more funding is made available • Internal wash area • Internal drive aisle with individual overhead doors for each bay • The Streets Department is able to keep operation in their current building until the new facility is constructed • Separate building for transit storage and administration Disadvantages • Utilizes the southeast corner of the property that has not been purchased by the city yet • Not an efficient vehicle path on site — Vehicles must loop around the wash area to go park or receive repair I Office Areas 133 Scheme "C" d � - u L.. -J SNAP® OFFIO6 �LPeW 1 TVANi1T L RsWik 4W � zo��o wsrr. L_ WATER 4V Sre[eri/TRn Flwc [� YARD 6r -4e FK�\ Advantages • The building is an architectural screen from the street view of the operations occurring on site • No elements of the site design layout protrude into the flood plain • Allows for simple phasing by adding departments to the to the site as more funding is made available • Internal wash area • Separate building for transit storage and administration • Inexpensive construction cost — Pre-engineered metal building is possible • The Streets Department is able to keep operation in their current building and remodel/add on in the future Disadvantages • Utilizes the southeast corner of the property that has not been purchased by the city yet I_I____ unn Advantages • The building is an architectural screen from the street view of the operations occurring on site • The yard storage and parking areas utilize the area of the site within the flood plain border • Allows for simple phasing by adding departments to the to the site as more funding is made available • Internal wash area • Internal drive aisle with individual overhead doors for each bay • Separate building for transit storage and administration • Does not require the city to purchase the southeast corner property • Compared to Scheme "A" the building size has been reduced Disadvantages • The yard storage and parking areas utilize the area of the site within the flood plain • Requires the demolishing of the current Streets Department building Section Six - Opinion of Probable Cost 134 a , a �i�. �S�iAPra oeFr� � Lwi.l T3yj6lr yrRFfYd YAPP _ wWpg z Advantages • The building is an architectural screen from the street view of the operations occurring on site • The yard storage and parking areas utilize the area of the site within the flood plain border • Allows for simple phasing by adding departments to the to the site as more funding is made available • Internal wash area • Internal drive aisle with individual overhead doors for each bay • Separate building for transit storage and administration • Does not require the city to purchase the southeast corner property • Compared to Scheme "A" the building size has been reduced Disadvantages • The yard storage and parking areas utilize the area of the site within the flood plain • Requires the demolishing of the current Streets Department building Section Six - Opinion of Probable Cost 134 Qr homo "P" J � ` w -� CS I'aSLC� FLR-G Advantages • The building is an architectural screen from the street view of the operations occurring on site • Only the yard storage protrudes into the flood plain • Allows for simple phasing by adding departments to the to the site as more funding is made available • Internal wash area • Internal drive aisle with individual overhead doors for each bay • The Streets Department is able to keep operation in their current building until the new facility is constructed • Separate building for transit storage and administration • Does not require the city to purchase the southeast corner property • Separate entrance to the site for transit buses Disadvantages • Not an efficient vehicle path on site • Small and large vehicles share an entrance/exit Qr homo "F" Q aW.ece OPref�RRMy TM lKIi [� €qwv RlPMR Q 301.1oWµ{E a W�reR ~'vi Q RC S/ AFFiG Q YAYARP SmRA4E E Mt ?-u iFERC 5CHCME "r„ Advantages • The building is an architectural screen from the street view of the operations occurring on site • No elements of the site design layout protrude into the flood plain • Allows for simple phasing by adding departments to the to the site as more funding is made available •Internal wash area • Separate building for transit storage and administration • Inexpensive construction cost — Pre-engineered metal building is possible . The Streets Department is able to keep operation in their current building and remodel/add on in the future • Does not require the city to purchase the southeast corner property • Only the yard storage protrudes into the flood plain Disadvantages • Least amount of vehicle storage area Section Six - Opinion of Probable Cost 135 I—I _ .__ _ r I 4"RW 6lFKEJ/'AW I� TLwtrl- i� EQJIP RMFII( �L TIFR L,] 'JA7ER SfQEEI W-rrg srV L-3vFco onFr,>: t MR FP"LE/ FJQe SCHWE T.2 Advantages • The building is an architectural screen from the street view of the operations occurring on site • Allows for simple phasing by adding departments to the to the site as more funding is made available • Internal wash area • Separate building for transit storage and administration • Inexpensive construction cost — Pre-engineered metal building is possible • The Streets Department is able to keep operation in their current building and remodel/add on in the future • Does not require the city to purchase the southeast corner property • Meets all setbacks required by the city • Adequate amount of parking and yard storage • Allows for future expansion of all buildings Disadvantages • The yard storage and parking areas utilize the area of the site within the flood plain Q {RFREp CE%K€kRN� •. T1 u5ir f pAUIP. keaFle (� {OLIO WnieF; Q �F 7ER 4W� 51'REE75/TtU.FGIc Q YA 4maFcf t lilil 1b4_.' FI4@ SCRN E °F.3 Advantages • The building is an architectural screen from the street view of the operations occurring on site • Allows for simple phasing by adding departments to the to the site as more funding is made available •Internal wash area • Separate building for transit storage and administration • Inexpensive construction cost — Pre-engineered metal building is possible • The Streets Department is able to keep operation in their current building and remodel/add on in the future • Only yard storage utilizes the area of the site within the flood plain • Meets all setbacks required by the city • Adequate amount of parking and yard storage • Allows for future expansion of all buildings Disadvantages • Utilizes the southeast corner of the property that has not been purchased by the city yet Section Six - Opinion of Probable Cost 136 APPENDIX - CHARRETTE DESIGN REVIEW COMMENTS f4- ZF-!;- IN.paa� n,.ao. *E Iowa City Public Works Campus 18 December 2015 Preliminary site plan review Schemes A, B, C, D, E, F Public Zone 14-2F-4 Site Development Standards yrra"i 1. Front building setback along South Gilbert is 40 feet bemuse of R zone across the street. 2. Building height is 35 feet maximum because of R zone across the street. 3. Parking must be set back 20 feet adjacent to South Gilbert where parking areas are within 50 feet of the R zone, South Gilbert Street right-of-way is 80 feet wide; so R zone begins 40 feet from the South Gilbert right-of-way. 4. Parking lot coverage trees are required - each parking space must be within 40 feet of a small tree or within 60 feet of a large tree. Trees may not he coniferous. 5. Parking areas must be screened to S3 standard if not located behind buildings. 6. Ground ki i mechanical and utility equipment must be screened to S2 standard If visible from a public way. 7. Materials and equipment storage areas mustbe screened behind buildings or set back 20 feet from the dght-of-way (Including public trails) and screened to 53 standard. Along the side or rear property lines, mechanical and equipment storage areas must be set back 10 feet and screened to 53. General Provisions 1. 14-5A-5 (Parking) a. Parking for persons with disabilities: 10-24 spaces => 1; 2549 spaces => 2; 50-75 spaces _> 3. It. Standard parking space size 9x18, C - Kill— Jr- aisle width 22 feet; maximum 24 feet, d. owes must be 18 feet wide for two-way traffic. Landscaped medians arc req ui•ed at :he ends of parking rows. Medians minimum width A reet: 8 feet If trees will be ;alanted; 12 feet - 20 feet if used for walkways. Medians are i ren tc be curbed {5 minimum) and area around trees landscaped with living rover. Mdlch is limited tc areas around plants. f. 3icydc parking areas must at an concrete, asphalt, or brick. May be on rocked surface if rock is contained within a raised border. Bike racks must support bikes by their frames. nut just the front tire. 2. 14-5B-3 (Signs) a. Non -building signs must he set back 5 feet from right-of-way except for signs that are 10 or mare feet above grade, Free-standing wide base signs may not be closer than 10 feet to rlght-of-way or 30 feet to a street curb. b. Signs within 100 feet of R zone (middle of S. Gilbert St.) are subject to SigaYWgine kS�ilp cin testa-ur- c. Electronic changeable copy signs are not allowed within 100 feet of R zone. d. Signs are not permitted within the front building setback within 50 feet of an R zone. it. Signs must be constructed to sustain wind pressures not less than 30 pounds persquare foot. f. Minimum clearances from grade to bottom of sign: 1Dfeet for freestanding signs; 8 feet for canopy and storefront projecting signs; 8 feet for entranceway signs across walkways. 3. 14-SC(Access) a. Site is at intersection of 2 arterial streets. There must be ISO feet between the end of the radius at the intersection and the curb cut. b. Maximum dimension of drives: 34 feet at property line and 42feet at curb unless otherwise approved by public works. 4. 14-511) (Visibility) a. Vision triangle is measured 30 feet along curb lines, from the point where curbs lntersect as extended. This area may not be obstructed by signs, shrubbery, etc. 5. 14 -SE (Trees] a. Right-of-way trees are required at 1 tree for every 60 linear feet of frontage. 6. 14-5G (Lighting) a. Within 300 feet of an R zone, light mounting height may nm exceed 25 feet above grade. h. At 300 feet or more from an R zone, light mounting height may not exceed 35 feet above grade. C. All bulbs 2,000 lumens or more must be fully shielded as installed. d. Maximum of 0.5 footcandles measured horizontally at right -df -way and maximum 2.0 footcandles measured dlrectlonally at luminalre, Office Areas 137 APPENDIX - SITE UTILITIES DIAGRAM FROM THE CITY OF IOWA CITY 01!3412013po "' ,� •� _ t _ ; ...._ M � � _ _ m, �x wa�zma�N i }.v 1 1 1 p Wr�ern„s Q P,2 -6P65[6 SrDv4m 1 _�� \ � ^�� e,1 1 i � � �� �•1 '�'r i�f'CPns60 EL�e�.tc td Gr15 7 1� sem j �- � r•"+i� 1 1 � �,, SAS. �7rarzy �� La�UE utt-tletE 15C Ab iC 13EG1u C�u!,iY f�,a EA nnz�l-1 1, zolssuMwE>z �I 11DIAIA \x, TKAmrr A 14 Sl[1RAff II Y�+�i 11 JI - •'COL .�:�. , .A `GGC1 f'� ��IV� q Vt1 f���'M�Ih --- - f �+ fS - •.�s k s�-5�12.;�1 CIN o21uE�. I I Office Areas 138 il APPENDIX -FINAL (6 Option F.1 NE�� Advantages PAA O . 3 buildings allow more flexibility in phasing / . It looks like what the users wanted us to look into . Future buildings in back are possible Disadvantages � u BAL �� Mlxems . Parking is far away from entrances . Buildings are tight to one another , �� BRINE i/ . It's the most expensive option �l1 . Lots of Doors to Maintain POl1GE I FIRE I n WASX FIRE TOWER /I YARD STORAGE AUCTION LOT �.,,. FUEL Office Areas da 0 FUTURE \ DEVELOPMENT \ �m m,A EOUIPMENTREPAIRI \ BUS MAINTENANCE y \ A FUTURE 1 -TRANS euLX wATEn fl APPENDIX - FI Option G Advantages • Lowest Costs • Fewest Doors Disadvantages • Less opportunities for i • Repair bays are back-ir Office Areas BTS PARKING \ T A„ POLICE BIXD 1 IwABN @ \ 1 YARD STORAGE FIRE TO, I \ 1 \ <<Y E1111 IENT ftEP I \ y LOT AUCTION BURN INTENANCE l t L_ - - TRANSR FUEL FUTURE I PARCE110]2153015 A � 1 ' 11 1 771N 1 1 MCCOLLIGTER BOULEVARD FUTURE DEVELOPMENT r �i~per CITY OF IOWA CITY IP4 �ZL% MEMORANDUM Date: December 1, 2016 To: Mayor and City Council From: Marian K. Karr, City Clerk Re: City Clerk Search Process Mayor Throgmorton asked that I provide you an overview of operations in the City Clerk's office after my retirement as well as make suggestions related to a timeframe. The Deputy City Clerk (Julie Voparil) is authorized to act in the absence of the City Clerk, and has on numerous occasions. Our current Administrative Secretary (Kellie Fruehling) has been in the office for 16 years and we will be authorizing her to act in the absence of the Deputy. This will provide coverage without any adjustment in job descriptions, and will not require any Council action. Both individuals are hourly employees and will receive overtime pay/comp time. Our License Specialist (Wendy Mayer) will also be assuming some duties during this time, and utilizing the same overtime pay/comp time option. Although there will be a reduction in response time to certain issues because of the loss of one-fourth of the office staff, as there always is when there is a vacancy, I am confident you will be in good hands and these individuals can handle the matters during the short -run. It is critical that we are talking in terms of "short run". I think it is important that Council discuss the timeline and the involvement the Council wishes to have throughout the process. Certainly the hiring of a full time City Clerk is a critical component to City operations, and I would hope that you might provide direction to staff on what involvement you are expecting on our part and how we can best keep the process moving. A suggested timeline could be: Postladvertise position: 11/30/16 Application deadline: 1/13/17 Interviews: Early or late February Position offered: By March 15 (or not later than April 1) The actual start time of a new Clerk will depend on various issues but the goal would be to have a Clerk on Board no later than May 31, if not sooner. Again, an important factor with this timeframe is the level of involvement by the full Council. Geoff and Eleanor will work with the City's Human Resource staff as applications are received. Council may choose to name two or three Council Members to join them on a committee to review and narrow down the candidates to an identifiable number for scheduling interviews with the full Council. With the approval of the full Council, the smaller internal committee could meet, review, and facilitate a list of finalists. Interviews of the finalists by the full Council would occur in executive session. I believe answers to these questions will be just as important to potential applicants as the job description itself. Staff will be available to provide further information at the December 6 work session. CITY OF IOWA CITY UNESCO C" OF ERERATURE PENDING CITY COUNCIL WORK SESSION TOPICS December 1, 2016 January 3, 2017 1. Discuss composition of Climate Mitigation Plan Steering Committee Strategic Plan / Budget Related Topics: 1. Provide timely and appropriate input on the ICCSD's planned 2017 bond referendum 2. Significantly improve the Council and staff's ability to engage with diverse populations on complex or controversial topics 3. Identify and implement an achievable goal to reduce disproportionality in arrests 4. Identify a substantive and achievable goal for the provision of affordable housing in Iowa City and implement strategies to achieve this goal 5. Determine scope of Council identified housing market analysis of core neighborhoods 6. Determine scope of Council identified complete streets study 7. Discuss expectations for working with the ICCSD, Kirkwood Community College, Iowa Works, labor organizations, and others to explore the feasibility of an industrial arts/crafts facility in Iowa City Other Topics: 1. Review the Child Data Snapshot (IP2 2/18) and discuss related strategies with local stakeholders 2. Discuss creation of an ad-hoc committee on social justice and racial equity 3. Review the Equity Report and discuss strategic plan goals relating to disproportionate minority contact (February 2017) r `.® TY IP6 CITY OF IOWA CI MEMORANDUM To: City Council From: Mayor Jim Throgmorton Subject: Sanctuary City Date: December 1, 2016 In the wake of the November 8 election results, numerous Iowa Citians have suggested that we should proclaim Iowa City a "Sanctuary City." If we did so, Iowa City would not be alone. According to the attached article in the November 27 edition of the New York Times ("Cities Vow to Fight Trump on Immigration, Even if They Lose Millions"), more than 500 counties and cities around the country have some kind of policy limiting cooperation with federal immigration authorities, including New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, Boston, Philadelphia, San Francisco. I understand the motivation behind our residents' suggestion, and I might place the topic on our January 3 work session agenda. Before deciding whether or not to do that, however, I want to provide you with some relevant background information and ask you to provide me with advice between now and then. Terry and Susan probably recall that the Council first considered the possibility of designating Iowa City a Sanctuary City back in 2011. 1 asked Eleanor to help me recall the details of what the Council did at that time. She replied with the following information, along with a copy of her February 24, 2011, memo on the topic (see attached). The Sanctuary City movement arose out of the concern that undocumented persons were not reporting crimes and not aiding in investigations for fear of being deported. Sanctuary city policies generally fall into one or more of the following categories: 1) Don't Tell; 2) Don't Ask; 3) Don't Enforce: I advised the Council that they could adopt a Don't Ask and/or Don't Enforce type of policy but they should be cautious with respect to representations about police activity and the potential consequences of interactions with police in light of ICE's "Secure Communities" program under which the fingerprints of persons arrested and booked in local jails are checked against the Department of Homeland Security's immigration records. In Iowa, with the exception of simple misdemeanors and some motor vehicle offenses, state law requires fingerprints when a person is arrested or a juvenile is taken into custody. As a practical matter, the City assists in the investigation of immigration status every time a person is arrested by the Iowa City Police Department. This, of course, has implications not just for the person arrested but for his/her family. As noted in the memo, the San Francisco Sheriff reportedly said this of the Secure Communities program: "essentially, this guts San Francisco's sanctuary ordinance in terms of criminal justice." I did a quick look to see what the status of Secure Communities is. In 2014 the Department of Homeland Security replaced the "Secure Communities" program with the "Priority Enforcement Program" (PEP). The PEP significantly narrowed the category of individuals that ICE would pursue upon receipt of a fingerprint match. However, the program continues to rely on fingerprint data submitted during arrests at the state and local level. As you know, while Council chose not to adopt a Sanctuary City ordinance there were many efforts over the next several years aimed at making Iowa City a more welcoming and safe place for the immigrant community. While the Community ID has perhaps the highest profile there were also other efforts. For example, the Council agreed with the Human Rights Commission's recommendation that the Council clarify the type of identification required December 1, 2016 Page 2 when applying for city services resulting in the administrative policy that with some exceptions (e.g. 1-9 forms required upon employment, motor vehicle accident) a driver's license is not necessary and any government issued photo identification shall be requested and acceptable. I've attached a copy of that policy. The context within which Eleanor wrote her initial memo and the Council made its decision differs quite dramatically from the one that exists now. You already know the major features of the changed context, so I do not need to repeat them here. However, one clear indication of that changed context can be found in a recent article about Texas Governor Abbot's vow to ban Sanctuary Cities in his state, and especially in the string of comments responding to the article: http://www.theblaze.com/news/2016/11 /28/texas-governor-pledges-to-ban-sanctuary-cities-in- the-Ione-star-state/ Some collective wisdom will be required in deciding how we want to proceed. Sometimes less is more. Cities Vow to Fight Trump on Immigration, Even if They Lose Milli... http://www.nytimes.com/2016/11/27/us/cities-vow-to-fight-trump-o... 15beNewLlorkXimee U.S. http://nyti. ms/2gwB q Dx Cities Vow to Fight Trump on Immigration, Even if They Lose Millions By JENNIFER MEDINA and JESS BIDGOOD NOV-27,2016 LOS ANGELES — Here in Los Angeles, where nearly half of the city's residents are Latino, Mayor Eric Garcetti has vowed to do everything he can to fight widespread deportations of illegal immigrants. In New York, with a large and diverse Latino population, Mayor Bill de Blasio has pledged not to cooperate with immigration agents. And Mayor Rahm Emanuel of Chicago has declared that it "will always be a sanctuary city." Across the nation, officials in sanctuary cities are gearing up to oppose President-elect Donald J. Trump if he follows through on a campaign promise to deport millions of illegal immigrants. They are promising to maintain their policies of limiting local law enforcement cooperation with federal immigration agents. In doing so, municipal officials risk losing millions of dollars in federal assistance for their cities that helps pay for services like fighting crime and running homeless shelters. Mr. Trump has vowed to block all federal funding for cities where local law enforcement agencies do not cooperate with Immigrations and Customs Enforcement agents. But as Mr. Trump prepares to take office, Democratic bastions, including Boston, Philadelphia and San Francisco, have reaffirmed plans to defy the administration and act as a kind of bulwark against mass deportations. "I like to compare this to conscientious objector status," said Mayor Libby 1 of 6 11/28/16,11:01 AM Cities Vow to Fight Trump on Immigration, Even if They Lose Milli... http://www.nytimes.conV2016/11/27/us/cities-vow-to-fight-trump-o... Schaaf of Oakland, Calif. "We are not going to use our resources to enforce what we believe are unjust immigration laws." Supporters of tougher immigration policies, however, expect a swift response. Dan Stein, the president of the Federation for American Immigration Reform, which opposes legalization for unauthorized immigrants, predicted "a very aggressive, no -holds -barred support for using the full power of the federal government to discourage this kind of interference." "These local politicians take it upon themselves to allow people who have been here for a long time to stay here and receive services," Mr. Stein said. "The Trump administration is basically saying, `If you want to accommodate, don't expect the rest of us to pay for your services."' Some believe Mr. Trump could go further than simply pulling federal funding, perhaps fighting such policies in court or even prosecuting city leaders. "This is uncharted territory in some ways, to see if they're just playing chicken, or see if they will relent," said Jessica Vaughan, the director of policy studies at the Center for Immigration Studies, which supports reduced immigration. Cities have "gotten away with this for a long time because the federal government has never attempted to crack down on them," Ms. Vaughan said. The fight could also signal a twist in the struggle over the power of the federal government, as this time liberal cities — rather than conservative states — resist what they see as federal intervention. Cities "may not have the power to give people rights," said Muzaffar Chishti, the director of the Migration Policy Institute's office at the New York University School of Law. "But they have a lot of power of resistance, and that's what they're displaying right now." No legal definition of sanctuary cities exists, and many mayors dislike the label, saying it unfairly describes policies that merely stop local law enforcement from acting as immigration deputies. 2 of 6 11/28/16,11:01 AM Cities Vow to Fight Trump on Immigration, Even if They Lose Milli... http://www.nytimes.com/2016/11/27/us/cities-vow-to-fight-trump-o... Generally, the term refers to jurisdictions that have placed limits on when local law enforcement agencies comply with federal requests to hold undocumented immigrants for detention and turn them over to Immigrations and Customs Enforcement. Those requests greatly increased after the Obama administration extended nationwide an electronic monitoring system by which the fingerprints of every person booked by local or state police are sent to the Department of Homeland Security for checking against immigration databases. More than 500 counties and cities have some kind of policy limiting cooperation with the immigration authorities, according to an estimate from the Immigrant Legal Resource Center, an advocacy and legal assistance group in San Francisco and Washington. The latest fight is beginning to play out much like one that occurred in the mid-198os, when activists in the nation's big cities resisted the immigration policies of the Reagan administration. Central Americans had become the subject of fierce political jockeying, and scores of churches opened their doors as sanctuaries to flout the Reagan White House. Members of churches and synagogues are again offering their houses of worship as sanctuaries for undocumented people fearing deportation, according to groups that work with immigrants and refugees. A faith -based network known as the "sanctuary movement" was revived in the past few years to take in those at risk of deportation by the Obama administration. In Oakland, a site of resistance a generation ago, Ms. Schaaf has no doubt that the community will again marshal its resources to help undocumented immigrants. The city is exploring ways to offer legal services to immigrants. "We do have many undocumented immigrants, but often these are residents who came to our city as toddlers. They have grown up here and gone to our public schools," Ms. Schaaf said. "These are not illegal aliens, they are friends' children, people sitting next to us in our church pews and on the bus. Here it feels much more personal." 3 of 6 11/28/16,11:01 AM Cities Vow to Fight Trump on Immigration, Even if They Lose Milli... http://www.nytimes.com/2016/11/27/us/cities-vow-to-fight-trump-o... Oakland stands to lose as much as $140 million in federal funding for homeless shelters, meals for the elderly and low-income preschool programs. Ms. Schaaf has started asking local philanthropists if they will put up money to replace any lost federal funds. "This is our highest priority as far as our response to this election," she said. In the past, conservatives have embraced the notion that state and city officials can assert themselves with immigration laws. One of Mr. Trump's immigration advisers is Kris W. Kobach, who helped write a law in Arizona that allowed the police to question people they detained about immigration status. That provision was upheld by the Supreme Court. Rudolph W. Giuliani, an adviser to Mr. Trump who is expected to join his administration, unsuccessfully sued the government in 1996, when he was the mayor of New York, over a federal law he said infringed on local protections for undocumented immigrants. The latest clash will be most acutely felt in California, home to an estimated 2.3 million of the country's 11 million undocumented immigrants. Not only does the state allow such immigrants to obtain driver's licenses, but it also offers them in-state college tuition and allows them to hold professional licenses to work as lawyers, architects and nurses. A state law passed in 2014 limits counties' cooperation with federal officials. The policies came under renewed attack last year, after a young woman was shot by an immigrant with a criminal record who lived in the state illegally and had been released by the authorities in San Francisco. Los Angeles, which in 1979 became the first city to specifically bar officers from stopping people to ask about their immigration status, could lose as much as $500 million of its $9 billion budget. The amount includes money for antiterrorism programs and community health centers. "Taking away funding because our law enforcement will not act as federal agents would not only be irresponsible but immoral," Mr. Garcetti said. "It would be an 4 of 6 11/28/16, 11:01 AM Cities Vow to Fight Trump on Immigration, Even if They Lose Milli... http://www.nytimes.conV2016/11/27/us/cities-vow-to-fight-trump-o... unprecedented overreach of federal executive power to take even more of our taxes away." Mr. de Blasio in New York has signaled that he will look for more ways to fight widespread deportations, and the city is directing undocumented immigrants to its free legal services. New York has the country's largest municipal identification program and maintains a database of nearly a million people. Mr. de Blasio has pledged not to give any information from the program to the federal government. Melissa Keaney, a lawyer at the National Immigration Law Center, said the federal government could not compel states to carry out immigration enforcements. "Anything that tries to coerce a local government is going to be challenged because these agencies are only responsible for local arrests," Ms. Keaney said. "Their responsibility is for carrying out public safety criminal law, and it is not within their responsibility or authority to act as federal agents." How much cities can fight off deportations, however, remains unclear. Legal experts say that city officials cannot bar immigration agents and that it is unlikely that they could declare a physical sanctuary on public property. Much of their resistance may lie in simply not cooperating. Rick Su, a law professor at the University at Buffalo who has researched immigration and local government, said that unless Mr. Trump ratchets up the number and reach of federal immigration agents, "it is difficult to see how he can achieve the two to three million removals that he has proposed without state and local assistance in identifying and detaining suspected unauthorized immigrants." For now, many city leaders are focusing on calming undocumented immigrants' frayed nerves. Jorge Elorza, the mayor of Providence, R.I., and the son of undocumented Guatemalan immigrants who were eventually naturalized, stood behind a lectern one recent evening to reassure about iso people who had filled a high school cafeteria. "Folks may feel threatened by what they hear," Mr. Elorza told them, addressing the crowd in English and Spanish. "We will protect our communities and our 5 of 6 11/28/16,11:01 AM Cities Vow to Fight Trump on Immigration, Even if They Lose Milli... http://www.nytimes.com/2016/11/27/us/cities-vow-to-fight-trump-o... families so they can continue to live their lives free of fear and safe in our communities." Jennifer Medina reported from Los Angeles, and Jess Bidgood from Boston. Laurie Goodstein and Julia Preston contributed reporting from New York. Get politics and Washington news updates via Facebook, Twitter and in the Morning Briefing newsletter. A version of this article appears in print on November 28, 2016, on page A10 of the New York edition with the headline: Cities Vow to Fight Trump on Immigration, Even at a Steep Cost. © 2016 The New York Times Company 6 of 6 11/28/16, 11:01 AM r 5`p CITY OF IOWA CITY : '�wk MEMORANDUM FILE COPY DATE: 2/24/2011 TO: CITY COUNCIL FROM: ELEANOR M. DILKES, CITYATTORNEYOW_4_/ RE: PROPOSED SANCTUARY CITY POLICY I. QUESTION PRESENTED: What, if any, are the legal impediments to the adoption of a sanctuary city policy? II. CONCLUSION: For ease of discussion, I will use the language of one commentator who has stated that sanctuary city policies generally fall into one or more of the following categories: 1) Don't tell; 2) Don't ask; and 3) Don't enforce' . My conclusions as to each of these are as follows: 1. DON'T TELL (not providing federal authorities with information about immigration status): This feature is vulnerable to successful challenge under the supremacy clause of the United States constitution because it likely conflicts with federal law which does not permit the City to prohibit its employees from providing information to federal immigration authorities about an individual's immigration status. 2. DONT ASK (limiting Inquiries about immigration status): The City may adopt a policy limiting inquiries about a person's immigration status unless immigration status is necessary to determine eligibility for benefits (e.g., Section 8 housing vouchers). In the area of law enforcement, however, the implementation of such a policy would be problematic in light of the United States Customs and Immigration Enforcement (ICE) program entitled °Secure Communities.° 3. DON'T ENFORCE (limiting arrests and detentions for violation of immigration laws): The City may adopt a policy that it will not actively assist in the enforcement of federal immigration law. In the area of law enforcement, however, the implementation of such a policy would be problematic in light of the United States Customs and immigration Enforcement (ICE) program entitled "Secure Communities.° SECURE COMMUNITIES: "Secure Communities' is an ICE Program under which the fingerprints of persons arrested and booked in local jails are checked not just against the Department of Justice's FBI criminal history data but also against the Department of Homeland Security's immigration records. The State of Iowa has entered in to a Memorandum of Agreement with ICE. Three counties in Iowa are already on-line, Polk, Pottawatamie, and Hardin. Iowa law requires that with the exception of simple misdemeanors and certain motor vehicle offenses fingerprints of all persons taken into custody must be forwarded to the Iowa Department of Public Safety. Iowa Code § 690.2 (2009). A jurisdiction that fails to comply with this requirement will be denied access to criminal history record information. Iowa Code §§ ' Kittrie, Federalism, Deportation, and Crime Victims Afraid to Call the Police, 91 Iowa L. Rev. 1449 (July 2010. 690.1 and .5. Iowa law also requires that fingerprints of juveniles taken into custody be forwarded to the Department of Public Safety. Iowa Code §232.148(2). Once Johnson County goes on-line as a secure community, fingerprints of all persons charged with a crime other than a simple misdemeanor will automatically be checked against the ICE database. Given this automatic sharing of data, the City will necessarily assist in the investigation of immigration status any time a person is arrested and the City's ability to give the assurances requested by the Human Rights Commission is limited. The Human Rights Commission has recommended that the City Council adopt a "sanctuary city ordinance." In making this recommendation the Commission provided Council with a sample ordinance, a copy of which is attached and marked Exhibit A. The "Be it Ordained" clause reads as follows: No entity, employee or agent of the City of Iowa City shall request information about or otherwise investigate or assist in the investigation of the national citizenship or federal residence.or any federally issued immigration status of any person unless such inquiry or investigation is required by the Iowa State Statute, federal regulations or court decision. I have reviewed the minutes of the Human Rights Commission. The above resolution was referred to as a "basic working ordinance" or "sample ordinance." The Commission did not delve into the details of the ordinance and assumed that these details would be worked out in the event Council supported the concept of a sanctuary city. If Council chooses to make Iowa City a sanctuary city, there are a number of details in the proposed resolution that will need to be addressed. At this juncture, however, 1 have assumed it will be most helpful to address the major components of sanctuary policies, explain my conclusions about the legality of those components, and provide irtformation about this complicated issue so that Council can make an informed decision. Short History of Sanctuary Policies By most accounts, the first sanctuary policy in a major city was an order from the Police Chief of Los Angeles in 1979 based on the concern that undocumented persons were not reporting crimes and not aiding investigations for fear of being deported. Kittrie, Federellsm, Deportation, and Crime Victims Afraid to Call the Police, 91 Iowa L. Rev. 1449, 1469 (July 2006). What began as a policy based on police concerns grew in the 1980s to include social and political concerns about deporting individuals who had been denied asylum to worn tom areas of Central America. With that said, the primary impetus communities have cited for adopting a sanctuary policy is law enforcement needs 2 Id. at 1475-1476. Although sanctuary policies take many forms (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, executive orders, and police general orders), one legal commentator has stated that they fall into three general categories: don't ask, don't tell, and don't enforce. 2 the recitals in the proposed resolution do not specifically reference the police department but apply to all employees. 2 [Sjanctuary policies generally specify that the jurisdiction's law enforcement officers shall do one or more of the following: (1) limit inquiries about a person's immigration status unless investigating illegal activity other than mere status as an unauthorized alien ("don't ask"); (2) limit arrests or detentions for violation of immigration laws ("don't enforce'); and (3) limit provision to federal authorities of immigration status information ("don't tell"). Id. at 1455. Some policies contain only one such provision while others have varying combinations. Supremacy Clause and Federal Law "The supremacy clause unambiguously provides that if there is any conflict between federal and state law, federal law shall prevail." Gonzales v. Raich, 545 U.S. 1, 29 (2005). Therefore, the constitutional issue is whether the proposed resolution conflicts with federal law. There are two federal statutes that may preempt the proposed resolution, both of which were passed in 1996 In response to sanctuary policies. The first is found in the Immigration Reform Act, codified at 8 U.S.C. §1373, which provides in pertinent part: (a) In General. Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal, State, or local law, a Federal, State, or local government entity or official may not prohibit, or in any way restrict, any government entity or official from sending to, or receiving from, the Immigration and Naturalization Service [n/k/a Immigration and Customs Enforcement or ICE] information regarding the citizenship or immigration status, lawful or unlawful, of any individual. (b) Additional Authority of Government Entities. Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal, State, or local law, no person or agency may prohibit, or in any way restrict, a Federal, State, or local government entity from doing any of the following with respect to information regarding the immigration status, lawful or unlawful, of any individual: (1) Sending such Information to, or requesting or receiving such information from, the Immigration and Naturalization Service. (2) Maintaining such information. (3) Exchanging such information with any other Federal, State, or local government entity. Legislative history sheds insight on this law: The Report of the Senate Judiciary Committee accompanying the Senate Bill explained that the 'acquisition, maintenance, and exchange of immigration -related information by State and local agencies is consistent with, and potentially of considerable assistance to, the Federal regulation of immigration and the achieving of the purposes and objectives of the Immigration and Nationality Act.° City of New York v. United States, 179 F.3d 29, 32-33 (2nd Cir. 1999) (citing S. Rep. No. 104- 249 04249 at 19-20 (1996)). 3 The second federal law is 8 U.S.C. §1644; which provides: Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal, State, or local law, no State or local government entity may be prohibited, or in any way restricted, from sending to or receiving from the Immigration and Naturalization Service [n/k/a ICE] information regarding the immigration status, lawful or unlawful, of an alien in the United States. Again, legislative history is helpful: The Conference Report [of the House and Senate members] accompanying the bill explained: 'The conferees intend to give State and local officials the authority to communicate with the INS regarding the presence, whereabouts, or activities of illegal aliens.... The conferees believe that immigration law enforcement is as high a priority as other aspects of Federal law enforcement, and that illegal aliens do not have the right to remain in the United States undetected and unapprehended." City of New York, 179 F.3d at 32 (citing H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 104-725 at 383 (1998)). Immediately following the passage of these two laws, the City of New York filed a lawsuit against the United States government challenging the constitutionality of both statutes. Id. at 33. Prior to the enactment of these two statutes, the Mayor of New York City had issued an executive order stating: "No City officer or employee shall transmit information respecting any alien to federal immigration authorities" except if required by law, by permission, or suspected to be engaging in criminal behavior. td. at 31-32. However, under the policy even if an employee suspected the person of engaging in a criminal act, the employee was first to contact a specified superior, not the federal government. Id. at 32 n. 1. New York City argued that the two federal laws violated the Tenth Amendment that provides "[t]he powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people." Essentially, New York City's argument was that Congress cannot force the local government to cooperate. The Second Circuit Court of Appeals found both provisions to be constitutional and not violative of the Tenth Amendment. "These sections do not directly compel states or localities to require or prohibit anything. Rather, they prohibit state and local governmental entities or officials only from directly restricting the voluntary exchange of immigration information with the Immigration and Naturalization Service." td. at 35. 'The effect of those Sections here is to nullify an Order that singles out and forbids voluntary cooperation with federal immigration officials." Id. at 37. Since the Second Circuit issued its decision in 1999, there have been no federal cases applying these two statutes to a sanctuary policy. The U.S. government has not sued any local government alleging its sanctuary policy is unconstitutional. History of San Francisco's Sanctuary Ordinance Before addressing the Secure Communities program in more detail, it is helpful to understand the legal issues that have arisen in the City of San Francisco, between its implementation of a sanctuary ordinance in 1989 and its recent status as a Secure Community. What follows is a long excerpt from a law review article that summarizes what has occurred in San Francisco over the last few years. By way of background, the City of San Francisco and the County of San Francisco have a unified government with a mayor -council form of government. The city council is called the Board of Supervisors. 4 In its original form, the [San Francisco] ordinance applied to all noncitizens. The city [of San Francisco] subsequently narrowed the ordinance in 1992 when it amended it to remove informational protections for criminals and criminal suspects. Pursuant to the amendments, the ordinance does not prohibit local officials and officers from providing information to other government employees and entities about (1) suspected violators of the Immigration and Nationality Act's (INA) civil provisions who have been booked for alleged felony commission, and (2) suspected violators of the INA's civil provisions who are prior felony convicts currently in county jail. In the middle of 2008, however, the sanctuary policy underwent a change after a number of critical events. Chief of these was the tragic killings of Anthony Bologna and two of his sons by an alleged undocumented immigrant, Edwin Ramos. Their deaths shocked the city not only for the execution -style killing but also because they revealed an unknown exception to the city's policy. Ramos had previously been under the custody of city officials when he was a minor but he was not turned over to federal authorities. The non -disclosure of his status to immigration officials exposed the city policy of not reporting the immigration status of undocumented youths, including those who had committed crimes, to the federal government. Indeed, news reports uncovered that the city not only hid the immigration information of undocumented youths from immigration authorities but also placed them in group -housing, which enabled them to walk away from custody. The city had also repatriated some to their home countries to help them avoid removal proceedings. In light of those revelations, Mayor Newsom pledged a 'top -to - bottom" review of the city's refuge policies. As part of that review, he changed the policy and directed local police officers to also report alleged criminal juveniles (under suspicion of violating the INA's civil provisions) to Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) officers. At least sixty-seven undocumented immigrant minors were allegedly reported to the Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and removed from the U.S. since the mayoral policy change. In November 2009, disagreeing with the mayors executive change that required disclosure of juveniles' immigration information to federal officials upon detention, the San Francisco Board of Supervisors voted to reinstitute the differentiated policy for juveniles. Although the Supervisors version allowed reporting after a felony conviction, it reverted to the prior policy of prohibiting reporting individuals to ICE after arrest and charging, but before conviction. As he promised, Mayor Newsom vetoed the policy, stating that "I believe in the sanctuary ordinance and I wanted to promote it within the diverse communities that are impacted, but we never promoted it, never believed it was a way to shield criminal behavior." The intra -municipal drama continued with the Supervisors overriding the mayor's veto. Not to be outdone, Mayor Newsom directed city law enforcement to ignore the ordinance, arguing that the city cannot act in violation of federal law. His decision had immediate effects, as through January 2010, a few adolescent undocumented immigrants suspected of criminal activity were reported to federal authorities and are currently In removal proceedings. Meanwhile, since the override of the mayors veto, the city attorney of San Francisco has been corresponding with federal enforcement officials, attempting 5 to clarify the federal government's position on the Supervisors' policy. In an initial exchange of letters between the city attorney and the U.S. attorney for the Northern District of California, the federal prosecutor explained that he considered compliance with the City's new information -dissemination policies to be violations of federal criminal and immigration laws. Subsequently, in March 2010, the city attorney wrote to the deputy attorney general at the Department of Justice (DOJ), requesting that the DOJ counsel the U.S. Attorney's Office not to criminally prosecute city officials or employees who abide by the City's new policy. As discussed in greater detail infra, San Francisco's sanctuary ordinance implicates 8 U.S. C. §1373. It also raises legal questions under other federal and state law. The U.S. attorney for the Northern District of California, for instance, threatened that city officials who complied with the city law may be federally prosecutable for "harboring" youths who are unlawfully present for immigration law purposes. In particular, the U.S. Attorney's Office is looking into whether the transportation of undocumented youths and provision of group homes to them constituted unlawful harboring under the anti -harboring provision of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA).... As the foregoing illustrated, what started off as a symbolic "City of Refuge" statement has turned into an ordinance that lies at the center of political and legal debates about the extent to which states and local governments such as San Francisco may enact laws that affect the federal govemment's exclusive authority over the regulation and enforcement of immigration law. Gulasekaram and Villazor, Sanctuary Policies & Immigration Federalism: A Dialectic Analysis, 55 Wayne L. Rev. 1683, 1687-1691 (tinter 2009) (footnotes omitted). On June 1, 2010, the San Francisco County jail began participating in the Secure Communities program. San Francisco Officially a Sanctuary City, at http://www. nbcbayarea.com/news/local-beat/San-Francisco-Officially-a-Sanctuary-City- 95351144.html. The San Francisco Sheriff was quoted as saying "essentially, this guts San Francisco's sanctuary ordinance in terms of criminal justice." R. Gordon, U.S. Ruling Challenges S.F.'s Sanctuary Policy, at http://articles.sfgate.com/2010-05-06/news/20887836_1 sanctuary- city-policy-immigration-hennessey. Civil Liability Issues The family of the murder victim discussed in the law review article above sued the City of San Francisco because the city had released the juvenile without contacting federal immigration officials. The suit was dismissed in 2010 because a city is generally not liable for failing to protect person from crimes. The precise issue of whether a municipality in Iowa is liable to a crime victim for failing to detain a person known to be an undocumented person has not been decided. Under the °public duty doctrine" enunciated by the Iowa Supreme Court in Kolbe v. State of Iowa, 625 N.W.2d 721, 725 (Iowa 2001), however, liability is unlikely. See also, Hildebrand v. Cox, 369 N.W.2d 411 (Iowa 1985); Ewoldt v. City of Iowa City, 438 N.W.2d 843 (Iowa App. 1989); and Fitzpatrick v. State, 439 N.W.2d 663 (Iowa 1989). Criminal Liability for Harborin As stated in the law review article above, an issue raised in San Francisco is whether municipal officials, by adhering to a sanctuary policy, can be held criminally liable for "harboring" someone they know to be undocumented. Under federal law, it is a crime to "knowing or in reckless disregard of the fact that an alien has come to, entered, or remains in the United States in violation of law, conceala, harbor[], or shield[] from detection, or attempt0 to conceal, harbor, or shield from detection, such alien in any place, including any building or any means of transportation." 8 U.S.C. §1324(a)(1)(A)(iii). The City Attorney for San Francisco wrote to the U.S. Attorney for the Northern District of California seeking clarification that no one would be prosecuted if the employee followed the new San Francisco sanctuary ordinance that restricted the ability of local law enforcement to report juveniles in custody after being booked for the alleged commission of a felony. (Letter from Herrera to Russoniello of Nov. 10, 2009, at 1). The U.S. Attorney wrote back: [I]t probably will come as no surprise to you that I have no authority, discretionary or otherwise, to grant amnesty from federal prosecution to anyone who follows the protocol set out in the referenced ordinance. (Letter from Russoniello to Herrera of Dec. 3, 2009, at 1). The City of San Francisco hired outside counsel to advise the police department because the City Attorney wanted officers to have independent advice about potential criminal liability in enforcing the ordinance. (Memorandum from City Attorney Herrera to Mayor Newsom of Aug. 18, 2009, at 3). While the U.S. Attorney for the Northern District has not indicted any city employee for 'harboring', a subsequent letter from the City Attorney to the Attorney General seeking relief from the position of the United States Attorney for the Northern District was rejected by the Department of Justice. (Letter from Roberson to Herrera of Apr. 30, 2010, at 1). These letters and the memorandum are available at the web site of the Office of the San Francisco City Attorney at http:/lwww.sfcityattomey.orgAndex.aspx?page=272. The question is what action or inaction by a City employee could constitute "harboring." Iowa is within the jurisdiction of the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals, which has ruled that a conviction for harboring does not require secrecy or concealment. U.S. v. Rushing, 313 F.3d 428, 434 (8" Cir. 2002). Given that active concealment is not required to prove "harboring," the possibility exists that a member of the Police Department could be charged with a federal crime if the officer knew the person was undocumented and provided a service, such as a ride to a shelter or a hospital. I note, however, that some commentators opine that the federal government may not have the political will to pursue charges. Kittrie, Federalism, Deportation, and Crime Victims Afraid to Call the Police, 91 Iowa L. Rev. 1449, 1496 (July 2006); Gulasekaram and vllazor, Sanctuary Policies &immigration Federalism: A Dialectical Analysis, 55 Wayne L. Rev, 1683,1694-1695 (Winter 2009). Secure Communities The U.S. Department of Homeland Security has developed Secure Communities, a data sharing program between local law enforcement and ICE that began under President Bush and continues under President Obama. The program grew out of a measure in an appropriations bill that provided funding to the Homeland Security Department to "improve and modemize efforts to identify aliens convicted of a crime, sentenced to imprisonment, . and who may be deportable...." Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2008, Pub. L. No. 110-161, 121 Stat. 1844, 2051. Homeland Security's goal is for Secure Communities to be operational throughout the country by 2013. According to its website, Homeland Security refers to Secure Communities as a "strategy" to share information and to identify people who are undocumented. I have attached a description,of Secure Communities from the Dept. of Homeland Security's website as Exhibit B and a copy of the Immigration Policy Center's fact sheet on the Secure Communities program as Exhibit C. This is how it works: Presently, when a person is fingerprinted at a jail, the fingerprint data is sent electronically to IAFIS, the Integrated Automated Fingerprint Identification System. IAFIS is a national fingerprint and criminal history system operated by the FBI that is used by local, state, and federal law enforcement officials. IAFIS then interfaces with the NCIC (National Crime Information Center) data base. NCIC, also operated by the FBI, is a computerized index of criminal justice information, such as warrants, criminal record history, and missing persons. If the person has a criminal record or outstanding warrant, that information is sent electronically back to the local jail. When a jail is online with Secure Communities, IAFIS will also interface with ICE data bases. This is done by a "flip of a switch" according to Richard Moore, an ICE staff member in Cedar Rapids; no new software is needed at the jails. With the Secure Communities program, if a fingerprint is a "hit" on an ICE data base, ICE is automatically notified that the person is, for example, in the Johnson County Jail. According to ICE, it will evaluate how it responds based on the threat posed by the person. There currently is a MOA between the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and Iowa Department of Public Safety, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit D. Iowa has a state law which requires local officials to take the fingerprints of all persons taken into custody for any crime with the exception of simple misdemeanors or certain serious misdemeanors under Chapters 321 or 321A (motor vehicles), and to forward those fingerprints to the Department of Public Safety. Iowa Code § 690.2. A jurisdiction that fails to comply with this requirement is denied access to criminal history record information. Iowa Code §§690.1 and .5. The Iowa Code also requires fingerprints to be taken of juveniles taken into custody for crimes other than simple misdemeanors and forwarded to the Department of Public Safety. Iowa Code § 232.148(d). Thus, once Johnson County goes on-line as a Secure Community, fingerprints of all persons being charged with a crime other than a simple misdemeanor will automatically be cross checked against the ICE database. In addition, local officials are required by federal regulation to honor detainers under 8 C.F.R. §287.7, which states that "[u]pon determination by the Department to issue a detainer for an alien not otherwise detained by a criminal justice agency, such agency shall maintain custody of the alien for a period not to exceed 48 hours, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in order to permit assumption of custody by the Department." My staff has had a conversation with Richard Moore of ICE in Cedar Rapids. Mr. Moore indicated that he was planning a briefing in early 2011 to discuss Secure Communities and he anticipated inviting the Linn County Sheriff, Johnson County Sheriff, Benton County Sheriff, Cedar Rapids Police Department, Iowa City Police Department, and other local departments in these three counties to explain the Secure Communities program to them. On January 25, 2011, Hardin County joined Poftawattamie and Polk County in going online with the Secure Communities program as reported in a news release from the Department of Homeland Security, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit E. Sanctuary cities throughout the country "have raised concerns about the impact of secure communities on community-police relations, the high number of those deported under the program with no conviction record and the evidence of crime victims being swept up in its dragnet" Press Release, Center for Constitutional Rights (Feb. 16, 2011). 15,000 pages of ICE documents were recently released in litigation seeking documents relating to the voluntariness of Secure Communities and advocates continue to call for a moratorium on the implementation of Secure Communities in light of these new documents. Id. M There has been a considerable amount of confusion about whether a local jurisdiction may opt -out of Secure Communities. If such an opt out is available, however, it is likely a decision made at the state level rather than the city level. As in Iowa, state laws often require local law enforcement to forward fingerprints to the state. Therefore, if a state agrees to participate in Secure Communities, local governments in that state no longer have discretion to decide which individuals who have contact with law enforcement that results in fingerprinting will be brought to the attention of ICE. Any discretion is with the state, as it is the entity that has the agreement with the federal government. A good example of this tension is Arlington County, Virginia. Attached as Exhibit F is a copy of a Memorandum dated November 5, 2010 from the County Manager for Arlington County summarizing the status of the Secure Communities program in her county. The Council should consider the impact of Secure Communities in crafting any sanctuary city policy to avoid providing persons with assurance that cannot be given in light of Secure Communities. I have attached for your information, as Exhibit G, a copy of a recent article from the Chicago Tribune that highlights these issues. Non -Law Enforcement Programs City staff currently inquires into the immigration status of individuals applying for certain programs. For example, only a few categories of non -citizens are eligible for Section 8 housing choice vouchers and public housing. 42 U.S.C. §1436a. Also, only "qualified aliens" may receive CDBG assistance directly, such as down payment assistance or the single-family new construction program. 8 U.S.C. §§1612 and 1641. Another example of staff having to inquire into the immigration status is for the flood buyouts. Because one must be a U.S. citizen or national of the United States to receive pre -flood value in the buyout, a person in the U.S. legally with a student visa would only receive post -flood value (before rehabilitation). 44 CFR 80.13(a)(6). We will discuss the topic of sanctuary cities at your work session on Monday, February 28. If you have questions in the meantime please contact me or Assistant City Attorney Sue Dulek. Attachments cc: Thomas M. Markus, City Manager Dale E. Helling, Assistant City Manager Marian K. Karr, City Clerk Stephanie Bowers, Human Rights Coordinator Human Rights Commission Sue Dulek, Assistant City Attorney EXHIBIT Sanctuary City Ordinance 1. WHEREAS, The City of lows City is a home role unit of government pursuant to Artilce III, Section 38.A of the Iowa Constitution ;and 2_ WHEREAS, Pursuant to its home rale power, the City of Iowa City may exercise any power and perform any function relating to its govemment,and affairs, including the authority to "exercise any power and perform any function it deems appropriate to protect and preserve the rights, privileges, and property of the city or of its residents, and so preserve and improve the peace, safety, health, welfare, comfort, and convenience of its ==den&' ;and • 3 WHEREAS, To this end, the City of Iowa City pursuant to Title II of the City Code is dedicated to providing its residents with equal access to the services, opportunities, and protection it provides or administers ;and 4 WHEREAS, Conditioning the provision of services, opportunrtres, and protection on citizenship or immigration status or inquiring about such status in the course of said provision directly contravenes in intent and spirit the city's commitment to ensuringequal access; and 5. WHEREAS, Local governments are incr�ngly P� become involved in the enforcement of federal civil immigration laws by conditioning services and opportunities on, or inquiring about, immigrant status ;and 6. WHEREAS, The dffbicent f of civil immigration laws has historically been a federal government responsibility—a'power fast vested in the Immigration and Nabrralizstioa Service and then in the Department of Homeland Security ;and 7. WIER , "our liberties we prizc-imd rights we Will maintain," and it is only at the City of Iowa City discretign that it uses its resonrCes to enforce mandates that belong to federal goverhment alone; and g. Wf1F-REAS, Encouraging local governments that are not specifically equipped or trained to irnplemcnt.immigration and anti-terrorist measures to do so is likely to result in inconsistencies -and decentralization that undermine instead of strengthening these measures ,and 9. WHEREAS, The City, of Iowa City j pins many cities that have official policies prohibiting their municipal agencies from inq„irrag about immigration status and unilaterally enforcing immigration law provisions; and 10. WHEREAS, Requiring or even promoting local enforcement of immigration laws gives rise to an increased threat of immigrant and minority profiling and harassment ;and 11. WHEREAS, For the past 150 years the City. of Iowa City. has been hope and home to immigrants from throughout the globe ;and Submitted by the Sanctuary Committee on 8/17/10 12. WHEREAS, The City of Iowa City has a tradition and culture of policies that propel the extension of human rights and the protection of vulnerable populations ; now therefore, Be it ordained by the City Council of the City of Iowa City: No entity, employee Or agent of the City of Iowa City shall request information about or otherwise investigate or assist in the investigation of the national citizenship or federal residence or any federally issued immigration status of any person unless such inquiry or investigation is required by Iowa State Statute, federal regulations or court decision. Submitted by the Sanctuary Committee on 8/17/10 Secure Communities (1) Secure Communities Through the Swarm Commenitim Minw, U.S. Immig,adeo and Customs Fsfommhem (ICE) improves pe6be safety -my day by trivets.®g the way criminal Wrr sere identified and removed fbam the United states. This smacsy Ievenges m existing mfmmstiao sharing eepsully between the U.S. Department ofHomc]and Scomay (DHS) and the Department ofhntice (DDJ) to quickly end McMILIay identity Wien who ati,mated fore crime and booked into local law cenftccmest custody. With this capability, the fmgerprinm ofmaryan a melted and backed are not only checked ggamet FBI ori heed history remmA%her they aneiso.barked against DHS®migmden records. Iffingerplima mulch DHS recalls. ICEdetmmvms ifitmigcrtiun cnfinememm action is mghmod, considering the immigration data ofthe Wien, ON severity ofthe mime =it the afim's animist history. Secure Communities; also helps ICE ourcndze and pdmitoa its resources to exam, that the right people, procerd red hmfiutumere em in place to accmmoodme the increased numberofmiminal dims beivg identified end rrmenod. Secure Ceanmmdtice modemisza the ido nification and remevW processes by.' Usmg fingerprint -based blemetric Idantiflrsdlon technology. prion iz'uhg resources toward the greatest threats, and Sharing intormadoo between law enforcement partnere! Recent Plewa Mission Civil Righty and Chnl Libediee ICE is committed to protecting civil dghb and civil hbeities, and is omious about responding tocampkinai mancgNim s efesew pmfliog ave result of Secure Co®midea lodivituds and mgmdrsdom should report allegations of reeled proardo& dm procasavialmiom rather violation ofcivg dghp rrivg libemtica ndeted ttboum ofthu cepalegiry, qg oempl Were ehmdd be filed with theDHS Offirs oMvil Rights end CMI L3mtire. � Backgratrrid i — Biometric Information Shar)ng Ae part of the Secore CanmuriMas strahW, ICE uses a federal Isometric Information sharing capablity to quickly and aocartedy identtiy convicted admiral Mean in law enforcement custody. Tradlgonally, fingerprint records taken by local law enforcement during booking ere cheered apilnal the Depadmmt of JusOco's (DOJ) cdminW history records. WKh this enhanced information sharing capabgity, these flngeryrid records am glen etdomadca y checked agalnst the Department of Hmnelrd Sawrfiy's (DHS) Immigration records, providing valuable Information to accurately idengfy aline in custody. When lingeaprintmbmisWons match Immigration records, local ICE officers am method and promptly debrmim dimmlgretlen enforcement eagon is mqukW. ICE prioritizes enhancement, loweNg first on 1 renmMp criminal allons mnvlehd mum most serious cr ives, Such as murder, rape, kidnapping, major drag offenses and threats to national motidty. ICE Is working with Isco edareemem partaers to activate the capabl ty In Jurisdictions across the moon. ICE Is already using this capability In hundreds of jurisdictions across the nation and plana naffomAde use by 2013. ICE has already used this tool to idsmlty thousand, an convicted criminal aliens In local a immuWNes and remove Pham from the United Stales. Laadership Contact Page 1 of EXHIBfr http://www.ice.govlaboutlofficeslenforcement-removal-operations/secure-communities/ 12/2/2011 Secure Communities: A Fact Sheet I Immigration Policy Center Page 1 of: IMMIGRATION sew J ragGRAMsa(M7 �i� IIh 4.. [t: LLPOLICY CENTER F EXHIBIT AMERICAN IMMIGRATION COUNCIL �j/i Secure Communities: A Fact Sheet Updated 11AWfO-While the Implementation by Immlomtion ares Cuatmns Enforcement (ICE) of the stataloc81 partnership agmemm3 known as Ole 287(8) pregrem has been a acorea mgmst mntrewrsy, U Is far from the only tod your ental address slaaur► ICE uses to engage state and rod Iaw emmcement In immigration control. Most notably, the Secure Communities Program, Which Isrmchea In March 2008, hm bean held out as a simplified model for state and beat coopantla with federal k hl'i"don enforcement This Net shin lays out the basics of Secure Oommudles pmgmm, how Oworlm, key IMMIGRATION BYSTATE area of concent and rommenentlations on how to Improve the program. What Is Secure Communities?57-1 SeeuraCommumtinisaCHSprogramdesignedtoldentuylmmigrantslnU.S.)site [ +- who am deportable under Inumgn&mlaw. UndarSecum Communities, We submit fingerprints A. participating anestoes' note* to criminal databases. databases, but to Immigration databases as well; allowing ICE acceas to information on Inilvidutla hold H We. UNke �� a- r- "• oarerlCHoeal partnerships. Secure Cemmudika gives ICE a bchulogkal, net ph yBi al, pres,ne, pniscm )Ns, rtftt�r No Memorsndo of Agreement (MOAs) with local Iaw unforcon at agencies are raquho 1, and no 1ora1 tsw4doroemcot ' ..11�,, 1 - agents are deputized to enforce Immigration lana through Sevum Cemmunkios. Ao orOdDeer 2010, Semm Communaka to a MMM In figs Iudedictiona in 33 emtoa. ICE plana to have a Ssare l' Communities presenm ki every state by 2011, anti pins to implement Secure Communi ies In each of tiro 3,100 state and local joie across the country by 2013. How does Secure Communities work? @EVIMIGRATION NEWS When an Individual ts booked Imo a)al, hB m herOnosrorints are checked against the U.S. Vlelm ami Immigrant Status InScatorTechnology, Program (LIS -VISIT), andthe Aubmstad Biome4io IdentY&atlan System(DENT),b tldrtion kathe othardataWaea Natem generally cherl®d following n arrest. Thlafingerprmcheck allows state and traDAs: As CREAM pct Nis Crrcpes, state bwygfa0laush SB II state Iawnki0Ears Rackt h1a;C MA2 btu lawanfencement and ICE oumnweeagy and Immediately to search the databases for n Idivlduars tunical and lls Imnlpntlon hisfo0r. httse//bitty.., If Unam is a databasu Ink" meamng that the arrested parson Is matched to a record kdba ding an immigration violation, ht4x//bftJy/eoMop as mesas: ag, ICE and tho local 12w nfomemnt authmMm are automa0raky notliad. ICE Nen evaluates each ass to batemba the yay gyms m It" fir the Mdivlduali immigration status and telco appropriate emomarnntaWon.Ire meal cases, ICE wit la sueacetalneragalut ODREAMActhttp://ht.ly/3IFh NeJ91ledird'Mdual. A detainer is a requedfmm ICE to the smaller agency to nobly ICE before It releases the Moundgratlon Md4a Mimmyartft noee'ti:ern so that ICE has the opportunity loderide what erthe individual should be trenaferrad to federal custody fo 5eov0im ralherthammleeeed. ICE reportsd dust" of Sepmmbm30,2010,4104.962 nnaarmint submiaclona resulW N 343,B29datsbue 1herd Sh3W(®WeGDtEd)MSBC matches. As A mutt of Scram Commun)5es, ICE had removed 01,072 persons. on Wtafesday re; 1)e ®Dreamtict w/ cRepGugenez What are the concems about Secure Communities? ha4s//bitJy/g12UBs #immigration Mpg identification and pdorxlration. ICE llama to baso scan n on Individual tit on the following prior y order m rrv+do see a Leval 1 ononQan: ¢Ilene convicted m'eggnvatad felonba; ea defined In auction 101(0)(43) dike Immigration and Nalonaiy, Act, ortwo or more crimes each punishable by mem than one, year, commonly returned to as Yalonles.' e Leval 2 offenders:allam conMded of any f81ony or Nme w more cdmea each punishable by lass than one year, 3oln the conversation commonly referred b 25'mk ISMOSI : red a Level 3 offender: arena convicted of crimes punlshcdo by leu than one year ICE has stated that Secure Communities is focused on dangeous'Lavel l' criminals, but Nen b concern shout KI Faeebeok P_Twitter whether or net such pdodOratbn Is taking place. In place Year 2010 them wen mom than 24x,000 database nits, compared b 115,000 h FY2000. Fltsn pe t of al database metchu id=Ood Immlgmnu Harped m oonvktud d a Q StumbleLlpon r! YouTube Laves 1 offense, nd 85%wem charged or convkaed are Level 2 m 3 clause. Obstacles to community, policing. Unlike the 207(g) program, Secure Communities does nod require an MOA between ICE and the 10081jaO, sheriff, m poem depamrent. Nonetheless, Nem am sill cone_ about loco) poke being seen ss Immigration agents. U ICE maintain a a fedrnotoglao presence -4n • lmalje0, Ne public vdl Ilkay associate the local tewl rercemenl agency with immigngon entomement. http://www.inmiigrationpolicy.org/just-factslsecure-communities-fact-sheet 12/2/201( Secure Communities: A Fact Sheet I Immigration Policy Center Unnsoesswy or Prolonged Dstantion. The obstonce of a Secure Community detainer may funk an Individual's ablity to access a lawyer, fight criminal chargee, or get out of jag on bag. Profiling and prebuduafamests. While Secum CommuNOas Is• technological Identification program through which all persons carded are fingerprinted end checked against the various databases, them is a concern that police orn w, working In areas that have Secure Communities In their local Jag& may here an Incentive, or at lose the ability, to make waste based on raw or ethnlolty, onto make prekxtual arrest of parsons they usped to be in violation of Immigration laws, In order to have mem run through immigration dalahases once they am Wed. Lack of wtnPlaim mechanisms. Given the arida range of oon owns about Secure Communities, it is essenthe mel them be a complaint on redmsa procedure for individuals who begeve they haw been ermneoasly Ideneded by CHS databases or who believe a CHS dead or has baso Issued In error. Currently more Is u dw complaint procedure for pamos who belleua they have bow vicgme of an error. Lack of oversight end Trensparancy. Varbs reports how round that ICE has an uneven track record In terms of SUPWAskng Its local P"Orthipa. As with other programs, mem am oxnxvnv about the level of ownlght and transparency asrodeaul with Seam CommuNOas. Lack of Data. Much mom data about Secure Communities and the individuals It IdentRtes Is necessary. V Nro n Mccunde data, RIs 4WOUlt if not Impossible, to determine haw Secure CommuNOes Is being implemented or how Mectiwa It Is. Published On: Thu, Nov Os, 2010 I Download File O Copyright 2010 •Amedcan Immtgmfion Couricil • All Rights Reserved I Co tact Us Page 2 of Programa I Photo Credits http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/just-facts/secure-communities-fact-sheet 12/2/2011 MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY IMMIGRATION AND CUSTOMS ENFORCEMENT And IOWA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY L PURPOSE EXHIBIT � f I The purpose of this Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) is to set forth the responsibilities of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and the State Identification Bureau (SIB) regarding implementation of the Secure Cammunitios (SC) initiative related to biometric interoperability. SC is a comprehensive ICE initiative that focuses on the identification mad removal of aliens who are convicted of a serious criminal offense and are subject to removal, including the utilization of advanced biometric and communications technology to share information among law re0rcornern agencies (LEAs) to identify, detain and remove from the United States aliens who have been convicted of a serious criminal offense and are subject to removal. H. AUTHORITY Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) provisions regarding identification, detention, arrest and removal of aliens (8 USC §1226(c); 8 USC §1226(d); 8 USC §1226(0); 8 USC § 1227(a) (2); and 8 USC § 1228); the INA provision regarding liaison activities with internal security officers and data eaobange (8 USC §1105); and FY 2008 DHS Appropriations Act (Pub. L. No. 110461, 121 Stat. I W, 2365 (2007)). III. THE GOALS OF SECURE COMMUNITIES ICE is committed to improving community safety by transforming the manner in which the federal government cooperates with state and local LEAs to identify, detain and remove aliens convicted of a serious criminal offense. ICE utilizes advanced technology to improve information sharing among LEAs and will apply a risk-based methodology to focusresources. To accomplish this goal, ICH leverages business and technical agreements between the DHS United States Visitor and Immigrant status Indicator Technology (US -VISIT) Program's Automated Biomatrie Identification System (IDENT) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation's (FBI) Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Division Integrated Automated Fingerprint Identification System (IAFIS). The combined biometric and communications technology is known as IDENTAAFIS Interoperability. For the purpose of SC, the SIB and the state and local LEAs will continue to operate pursuant to the FBI CIIS Division's established policies and agreements. This MOA does not affect a state's existing relationship with the FBI CIIS Division. Rather, the MOA builds on and enhances that relationship. Neither the SIB nor any state or local LEA that is subject to this MOA will be responsible for determining an individual's immigration status orwhether a particular conviction renders an individual removable pursuant to the INA. A. The SC initiative focuses on three objectives: I. Identify aliens in federal, state and local custody charged with or convicted of a serious criminal offense who are subject to removal and those aliens who have prior convictions for serious criminal 'offenses and are subject to removal who are currently at large; If. Prioritize enforcement actions to ensure apprehension and removal of aliens convicted of serious criminal offenses; and, iii. Transform criminal alien enforcement processes and systems to achieve lasting results. B. ICE will employ a risk-based approach to identify aliens charged with or convicted of a serious criminal offense and incercemted in jails and prisons throughout the United States who are eligible for removal based on the severity of their offenses. The risk basis for determining the threat to community safety relies on a three-level hierarchy of aggravated felonies std other serious offenses. Appendix A contains a description of the state and federal criminal offenses that comprise Levels 1, 2 and 3. I. This approach will build on the ICE Criminal Alien Program (CAP), which is currently in use in all federal and state prisons. iI. The SC risk-based approach classifies aliens convicted of a criminal offense into three levels, starting with those who present the greatest threat: Level 1: Individuals who have been convicted of major drug offenses, national security crimes, and violent crimes such as murder, manslaughter, rape, robbery and kidnapping; Level 2: Individuals who have been convicted of minor drug and property offenses such as burglary, larceny, fraud and money laundering; and Level 3: Individuals who bave been convicted of other offenses. iii. ICE is committed to identifying aliens convicted of serious criminal offenses who are subject to removal in all three category levels, with a priority assigned on the basis of risk to individuals convicted of Level I offenses. ICE continues to exercise discretion through its field offices in taking enforcement action in cases of aliens convicted of Level 2 and 3 offenses as each situation demands. At no time shall this MOA be construed to limit the discretion of ICE in managing detention resources, C. To facilitate the goals of SC, ICE is partnering with DHS components, including U.S. Citi7eaship and Immigration Services (USCIS), Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and the US -VISIT Program. ICE federal Interagency partners include the Department of State, Department of Justice (DOJ), Bureau of Prisons, Executive Office for Immigration Review, Executive Office of United States Attorneys, U.S. Marshals Service and FBI CJIS Division. Appendix B contains acronyms and abbreviations frequently used in the SC initiative. IV. STATE IDEPMFICATION BUREAU (SIB) RESPONSIBILITIES i A. The SIB responsibility under this MOA begins when the LEA submits a Criminal Answer Required (CAR) request, as appropriate according to CJIS procedure, to SIB of the state in which the individual is being booked SIB will then electronically send the fingerprints to the FBI CJIS Division. Receipt of the CAR will initiatea search of both IAFIS and US - VIM IDENT. However, National Fingerprint File (NFF) states send fingerprints to the FBI CJIS Division only at the time of the initial arrest. Second or subsequent criminal bookings in the NFF states result in a i Criminal Print Ident (CPI) file maintenance message to the FBI CRS Division. In the case of a subsequent arrest far a National Fingerprint File (NFF) state, SIB will forward a CPI file maintenance message instead of a CAR to FBI CJIS Division. There is no change in IAFIS processing. B. If there is a match in (DENT, and the SIB has the technical capabilities to receive the response message, CJIS transmits the search results in a joint ]DENT Data Response (IDR) and Immigration Alien Response (IAR) to the SIB. The SIB will in tum relay that response to the local LEA. If the SIB does not have the technical capability to receive or relay the response message, CJIS, at the request of the SIB, will not send the SIB a match message. A "no match IDR" will be generated when a match is not found In IDENT and routed in the -same manner as an IDR and TAR V. ICE RESPONSIBILITIES ICI; will prioritize the processing of aliens convicted of Level 1 offenses. ICE will detain and seek to remove Level I offenders after the completion of the individual's sentence. For those aliens who have prior Level I convictions that are discovered during the booking process, ICE will initiate steps to take such individuals into custody for removal based on their prior Level l conviction(s) as well as current charges, once the charges have been adjudicated. A. Once fingerprint information is received by IAFIS, it will be cross- checked against the DHS US -VISIT IDENT system. B. Upon receipt of an Immigration Alien Query (IAQ) from the FBI CIIS Division that there has been a match with the subject's fingerprint in IDENT, ICE Law Enforcement Support Center (LESC) will conduct an immigration status determination. C. When an alien is identified as having prior Level 1 convictions and is subject to removal or is currently charged with a Level I offense and is subject to removal, ICE will take the alien into custody after completion of the individual's sentence or when released from local custody and will institute removal proceedings, as necessary. D. ICE will rely on establishing in the field a "2417" IDENTWIS Intemperahility response capability and may utilize video teleconferencing (VTC) to streamline the process of identifying and rranoving aliens convicted of a serious criminal offense. VI. PERIOD OF AGREEMENT This MOA shall be effective upon signing by both parties and will remain in effect until terminated by either party in accordance with the Section (below): MODIFICATIONS AND TERMINATION. VIL DISPUTE RESOLUTION The parties agree that, should any disagreements arise as a result of this MOA, the first attempt at resolution shall occur at the program office level with the area(s) of disagreement reduced to writing and submitted to the appropriate program office point of contact (POC). If a resolution cannot be reached at this level, the disagreement will be raised to the agency level in accordance with component procedures. VIII. MODIFICATIONS AND.TERMINATION This MOA may be modified at any time by mutual written consent of both .parties. This MOA will remain in effect from the date of signing until it is terminated by either party. Either party, upon 30 days written notice to the other patty, may terminate the MOA at any time. A termination notice shall be delivered personally or by certified or registered mail and termination shall take effect 30 days after receipt of such notice. Either party, upon written or oral notice to the other party, may temporarily suspend activities under this MOA when resource constraints or competing priorities necessitate. Notice of termination or suspension by ICE shall be given to the SIB POC. Notice of termination or suspension by the SIB shall be given to the ICE POC. The temporary suspension of activities will take effect immediately upon receipt of such notice. Use of IDENT/IAFIS for the purposes of racial and/or ethnic profiling or other activity in violation of the Fourth Amendment of the United States Constitution is not permitted and may result In the suspension of the local jurisdiction engaged in the improper activity. ICE reserves the right to take appropriate remedial action if necessary. IX. COSTS AND EXPENDITURES Parties to this MOA are responsible for their own costs associated with carrying out activities under this MOA. Nothing in this MOA is intended to imply that either Congress or state or local legislatures will appropriate funding for activities under this MOA X. RELEASE OF INFORMATION TO THE MEDIA AND OTHER THIRD PARTIES SIB may, at its discretion, communicate the substance of this MOA to law enforcement professional organizations expressing an interest in the law enforcement activities to be engaged in under this MOA. It Is ICE practice to provide a copy of this MOA to requesting media outlets only after both parties have signori the MOA. Local LEAs are authorized to do the same. However, the release of statistical information regarding the SC initiative will be coordinated with the ICE Public Affairs Office POC identified in Appendix D. SIB hereby agrees, to the extent authorized by law, to coordinate with ICE regarding information to be released to the media regarding actions taken ander this MOA. The POCs for ICE and the SIB for this purpose are identified In Appendix C. NJ. SUMMARY OF ICE AND STATE LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCY RESPONSIBILPPIES This MOA does not, nor is it intended to, nor shall be construed to create any rights, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by any person in any matter, civil or criminal. 13y signing this MOA, each party represetus it is fully authorized to enter into this MOA and accepts the terms, responsibilities; obligations and limitations of this MOA. Date: -5-6- 10 tYMarc A. R m Acting Executive Director, Secure Commuhities ]mmigrntign.and.Custom; Enforcement Date: S Eugenbl'. Meyer Commissioner Iowa Department of Public Safety APPENDIX A Secure Conununifies Levels and Offense Categories by NaC Code Level 1 Crimes CIC Code Level 2 Crimes CIC Coda Level 3 Crimes CIC Code National Security* (0101-0199, 1602,5204-5299) Arson (2001-2099) Military (0201, 2099) Homicide(0901-0999) Burglary (2201-2299) Immigration (0301-0399) Kidnapping (1001-1099) Larceny (2301-2399) Extortion (2102-2199) Sexual Assault (110 1 -1199) Stolen Vehicles (2401-2411, 2499) Damage Property (2901-2903) Robbery (1201-1299) Forgery (2501-2599) Family Offenses (3801,3904- 3899) Aggravated Assault (1301-1399) Fmud (2601-2699) Gambling (3901-3999) Threats (1601) 1(2101) Embe2zlement(2701-2799) Commercialized Sex Offenses (4001-4099) ExtortlDO Threat to Injure Person Stolen Prop=W(28012899) Llquor(4101-4199) Sex Offenses (3601-3699) Damage Property w/Explosive(2904-2906) Obstructing the Police (4802- 4899) Cruelty Toward Child, Wife (3802, 3803) Traffic Offeusea (5402-5499) Bribery(5101-5199) Resisting an Officer (4801) Smuggling(5801-5899) Health and Safety (5501-5599) Weapon (5201-5203) Money Laundering (6300) Civil Rights (5699) Hit and Ran (5401) Property Crimes (7199) invasion of Privacy (5701-5799) Drugs (Sentence>1 year) Drags (Sentence < 1 yeu) Elections Laws (5999) Conservation (6201-6299) Public Order Crimes (7399) *National Security violations include the NCiC coded offenses of Sabotage, Sedition, Espionage and Treason (0101.0199); Terrorist Threats (1602); and Weapons, Arson(incendiary Devices and Bombing offenses (5204-5299). APPENDIX B Acronyms and Abbreviations CAP Criminal Alien Program CAR Criminal AnswerRoquircd CAS Criminal Justice Informalion Services CPi Criminal Prim Idemifimilon DHS Departmcnt of Homeland Security DOJ Department ofJuWce DRO Detention and Removal Operations FAQ Frequently AskedQ dons FBI Federal 11mcauoflnvsstigadon JAMS Integrated Automated Fingerprint ldernificatioa System IAQ Immigration Arian Query IAR Immigration Arten Rcspwm ICE Immigration and Customs Enforcement IDENT US-VISITAutnmated Biometric Identification System IDR [DEW Data Response LEA Taw Enforcement Agency LBSC Law EntLrcementSupportCenter MOA Memorandum ofAgteemxt of Office oflnvestigations ORI Originating Agency Idemlfrer FOC Poiutofcoutact SC SeaneCommunities SIB State Identification Bweau SOP Standard Operating Proce&ves US -VISIT United Stases Visitor and lmnl rant Status Indicator Tectmology APPENDIX C Points of Contact The ICE and SIB points of contact for purposes of implementafion of this MOA are: For the SIB: Special Agent in Charge Iowa Division of Criminal Investigation 215 E 7th Street Des Moir A 50319 rgl_ M For ICE Detention and Removal Operations (DRO): Scott Baniecke Field Offioe Director Detention and Removal Operations 2901 Metro Drive Bloomington, MN 55425 (952) 953JM For ICE Office of Investigations (On: Claude Arnold Special Agent in Charge Office of Investigations 2901 Moo Drive Bloomington. MN 55425 (952) 853= APPENDIX D Public Irybrmation Points of Contact Pursuant to Section X. of this MOA, RELEASE OF INFORMATION TO THE MEDIA AND OTHER THIRD PARTIES, the signatories will coordinate with the ICE Public Affairs Office regarding release of any information about Secure Communities and/or IDENT/IAFiS Interoperability and agree to coordinate appropriate release of subsequent information to the media regarding actions taken under this MOA. The points of contact for coordinating such activities are: For the SIB.- Courtney IB: Courtney Greene Bureau Cbief Public Information Bureau 215E 7th Street Des Molnes, IA 50319 (515) 725-6187 ween!Q s.state.ia.us For ICE: Tim Counts 2901 Metro Drive Bloomington, MN•55425 (952)853-2602 tim.coun .aov 10 Hardin County, Iowa, next to benefit from ICE strategy to use biometrics to identify and remove al... Page 1 of: EXHIBIT g�g News Room a Recant Releases k3 News Releases PP JANUARY 25, 201 n POSH LLE. IA Hardin County, Iowa, next to benefit from ICE strategy to use biometrics to Identify and romans aliens comieted of a crime POSTVILLG Iowa- Cm Tueadey U.S. Immig,otim and Customs Enforcement (ICE) beam ming a federal intbmation•sharing capability in Hardin Cmmry dw 14ps federal ®migeOl m of Idels use biometica to identify diem, both Imfidly end mdawfully Present in the United Seta, who are booked into local law evfmc m,,eA custody fbta crime. Tubs ca"biliry is part of Seeao Commus"cu-ICUs amnPrehmdea SUMSY W improve and modemim du idenufintim udramoval afabes, a nvieled ofa crime fivan the United States. This cepebiUV up=ofSecme Cammmd¢p- ICES earn witensive ehmegy W hnpmvs and mdemize, the identiScadon and renuvd ofaliess.,low ofa crime from the United States. Prim W the actiradm of Sense Cammutities, finglorpuntbased biometric recmd, taken ofindiNidi de charged with a crime and booked inW local ewtody were -hacked for criminal hiaco, information against the Department aflostices (DOI) imcg a di Automated F(vgSaptimt IdeadBeadm SYMM (iAFIS). Now, Buougb enhanced infamatim sharing between DOI and the Me of Homeland SeeuriH(DHS),bkmat(a submited Sluough the Stare to due FBI will be aalomutliea 1, checked again hod' the FBI criminal history re=Na in IAFIS and the biometrfry-basd imniganden records in DOS Automated Biomosic Identification SYstean (IDENT} Iffmgoryrinte match dem afeameone in OHS' biemeti-system, the cox command and process tid&$ ICE. ICU ovdnaJet each mea b dete-mlve the ivdividud'S immigration alma and takesapPmprinre eaforcmimt -on=. TH, includes slims who me in lawful anus and these who are Pasant Witham Iewfid mshmitY. Ones identified through fivgaprim mnehing, ICE will respond with a PdOW. up.=WPlaced maliem convicted oftha mart Merioua trims firtim ate as. thea with convictions for major drug offeneca, mender, rape andkidmppivg. ^Ike Samre Co®mitia aoatagy Provides ICE with a t edcrtive Joel to identify criminal dirty inloeN "and s," acid Scmm (."mmmdtim Aaistmt Dh°-f°r David Vv'Wmll% "EMaa-mg WbPc aeCcry ie arthe ems af[Cee minim. Our goal is on use idmea' ivfaMmdm sharing Wnmeva criminal diem, preventing due from being mieesedback I= the emrmmip'. with Hale tomo additional blends¢ en=law cnfmammtpazmma.• WAr the eapmam Off" biometr(c minnesdm Sharing capability W Hardin County, ICE u using this stability m uvea Iowa jmindi-time, including Polk and Pamwatmnie counties. Amu the county, ICE is wing ads QPabiliryin 99g judadiulms in 37 ane" By 2013° (CE plans W bo able m 'Pond nationwide to all figgaprinnv2cha germed through EIENTMFIS inW Potability. "We arc cauccudy Pleased m have been chosen to retain this enhanced technology rad an conda a working Wgcd= with Federal fmmigrtfimme Ofifdfals W kindly and Scame criminal diem from oo commmitia" said Hardin Coady Sheri$ Tim Smith, Since ICU began Wig this evhmced information dining capability in Counter 2008, immigration offiean haw =Dyed from the United States come than 59,300 diem convicted ofa crime. ICE don not regard slime dmgd with, but and Yet convicted of arimm, o °criminal than.° tn9eed, a "andnal dim° ie m slim canviaed ofa mine. Iv acrmdnem with drs Immigration and Nationality Act• ICE caminoa m take mtian m alias subject mem novd a rwovms permit The IDENT a1alenm Is mMtalmsd by DHS'e US-VISITproBuu and JAMS is maintained by the Fara Criminal Imtica information services (CHS} "US VISIT te proud W SUPPe ICU, helping Provide decision makes with comprehensive, reliable information when and where they need iV said US-VISIr Dteerm Robert Mmny.°By adrancing Jho fmwpcnbigry ofOfLS'a and the FilrobiomNic . Slatems, wo sen able to give federal, MINS Said hal dacision make infommtion that belps them beta pwmm anmcamadtias I'd am�m ° °Under this plan, ICE will be utilizing FBI synem enhma-mmI }het allow hnpmved informed= -Ming at She alts and local law engwronunt(evel bead on poddvs idendficatm ofiuencerstd cfitaind diem," add Dmiel D. Roberts, assistant director ofthe FHrs MIS Misim. "Addidomlly, ICE and the FBI an working Wil -them eke dvaotage abbe Strong neletumbipe already forged between Slit FBI and state and local law enfoma ces mmurY to assin ICE in achieving in goal." For more information shoo bow ICE is wig biometia in identify slim aowieted are nine, visit www.icagov/-cure commmiticz Ym tory also visit w On Fueehonk , Twitter end You'fuhe http://www.ice.gov/news/releases/1101/1 10125postville.htm 2/18/201 EXHIBIT F OFFICE OF THE COUNTY MANAGER ARLINGTON 2100 Clarendon aoulevard, Sate 302, AdingtorL VA 22201 NTA TEL 703.228.3120 Fax 703.228.3218 TTY 703.228.4811 MM,1di1atonVa uS Memorandum To: County Board MembersD November 5, 2010 From: Barbara M. Donnellan, County Manage Subject: Secure Communities Meeting with ICE Today, along with Police Chief Doug Scott and Sheriff Beth Arthur, I met with representatives from U.S. Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE) regarding the Secure Communities program. In addition to the information I received today, ICE has agreed to provide a written response to my Oct. 7 letter to them, which I will make available publicly when I receive it. Per your direction, I requested clarification from ICE on the ability of local communities to withdraw from participation in Secure Communities. ICE stated clearly — and with finality — that local activated communities do not have the option of withholding information from the program, although communities can opt not to Team the results of fmmigration queries. ICE stated that Secure Communities is a federal information -sharing pmmam — which links two federal fingerprint databases. The program does not require state and local law enforcement to partner with ICE in enforcing federal law. State and local law enforcement do not have any role in enforcing immigration law. We learned from ICE that communities have two options. Fust option All jurisdictions have the option of not receiving the results of ICE's database inquiries. ('Phis option is what ICE officials were referring to as the "opt -out" for localities, and they acknowledged the confusion these statements have created.) Opting out of receiving the result of federal database inquiries would result in Arlington law enforcement not receiving information that could be crucial to effective law enforcement, information such as the arresteo's identity, known aliases, and criminal history. Therefore, we are choosing to receive the information. Second option: Under Secure Communities, if activated jurisdictions choose to prevent their fingerprint submissions from being shared with ICE, they also elect to not share them with the FBI and its national criminal database. In Virginia, this is not possible. Under long-standing state Iaw, all localities are required to collect fingerprints and submit them to the Virginia State Police — to be checked against both the state criminal database as well as the FBI's national criminal database. Therefore, Arlington has no ability to prevent our fingerprint submissions from being checked against the criminal database, and subsequently, ICE's immigration database. The County has never and will not consider this because utilizing the national criminal database is a public safety necessity to help us identify dangerous criminals. Memorandum Page 2 of 2 Our discussion today did not focus on federal immigration policy ... rather, we focused on how the implementation of Secure Communities is affecting our highly diverse community. Seven months into its implementation in Arlington, the program is impacting the way we interact with our immigrant community, which represents one-quarter of Arlington's residents. While Arlington understands and supports ICE in its mission to enforce our nation's immigration laws, we are concerned that Secure Communities may foster fear and mistrust of local law enforcement officers. The implementation of Secure Communities — and the lack of clarity from ICE regarding the details of the program — has impaired effective communication and cooperation with our residents. Open communication is vital to successful community policing and fulfillment of our public safety mission. Arlington County is not alone in expressing these concerns. ICE agreed to continue the dialogue with us and we look forward to working them to develop solutions that will enable federal authorities and local public safety officers to fulfill their respective missions without forsaking either. If Arlington determines it would be helpful, ICE also agreed to participate with our community in a public meeting in the future. We will continue to share information with the community, including updating our Secure Communities web page and Frequently -Asked Questions. Finally, I want to clearly state that while Arlington will continue to comply with all federal and state laws related to immigration, no resident or visitor should fear interacting with Arlington County law enforcement officers. Their mission is to provide for the safety and security of all people, and everyone's cooperation and support are vital if we are to continue to be one of the safest, most welcoming and inclusive communities in the country. Report criticizes immigration enforcement - Chicago Tribune Access Blocked - Content Alert The URL: ht[p•//dl ooenx ora/afr oho? was blocked You are here: ChiwgoTebune.com > CMxOons � Law Enforcement Ads by Google cedar Rapids Coupons 1 dtliculcusly huge coupon a day. Get 50.90% of Ceder Rcpids's basil www.Gmupon.cdndCedr- Rapids Son Diego Deportation Law Attorney with Experience In Immigration Court. (ale) 235.2525. wwwmaxame0rew,ram US Immtpration Services US Citizenship, Green ram, Vises Praparo applications onllne. xwx.fmrttlgrtdlo I3imp.mm Lets Fix California Help Us Create Smarter Government. Together We Can Find Solulionsl www,osiWam Immigration answers Chicago law fine loos of Wwsdcne 20+ym experience in Immigration w,wi1mni0mdom,swem.mm Page I of: EXHIBIT X Report criticizes immigration enforcement Advocacy group report challenges federal program designed to target hardened criminals January 13, 2011 I By Antonlo Oliva, Tribune reporter More than three-quarters of the roughly 630 Illegal immigrants in Illinois turned over to federal authorities under a program targeting hardened criminals had no prior criminal convictions, according to a report set to be released Friday. Nationwide, 27 percent of them arrested under the federal "Secure Communities" program had no prior criminal records, according to an analysis of federal data from 2006 to last July 31 by the Illinois Coalition of Immigrant and Refugee Rights. The findings, which were disputed Thursday by federal immigration authorities, add to a drumbeat of criticism by immigrant advocates frustrated by a lack of action in Congress even as deportations escalate—nearly 54,000 illegal Immigrants have been kicked out of fire country since October. Ads by Boodle If Youraate is 0wer5%Refhrema un nedtalelyr Mortgage Rates Low As 2.9% $'='.•,"'•� Tie ResidegtmmlrIXtr:dd ''f% rnphlega,dRmdald.r IfYau dwekrw6vn 729xan :"! ydarmorlmroa.lWPolxdxy sutonuduliy4sdgY• t��peMance lmmrdlsMYbfodi � In mdayctnvgaasl ChrkYourPomr pa�r,dm AdveNsemet Access Blocked - Content Alert The URL: htto'//d1 ooenx ora/afr pop? was blocked • The link you are accessing has been blocked by the Barracuda Web Filter because It matches a blocked category. The name of the I Fmtl mpro ctdries about On Thursday, Chicago's City Council passed a resolution calling on the federal government to std deporting people In "mixed - - taw Enforoesen staulamBies, meaning some members have legal U.S. statue. Joshua Hoyt, executive director of the coalition, said the Secure Communities program represents a'dragnet" approach to FEATUREDARTICLES immigration enforcement and has diminished the bust between immigrants and local law enforcement Sedal security card plan 'The way its being implemented, I guarantee you that not one undocumented person will stick around after a traffic accident, elm to curb fraud not one undocumented person wig be wil0ng to be a witness against a criminal, and all undocumented people will avoid all May 27, 2005 Contact with the law enforcement whether they're a witness or a victim of a crime," Hoyt said. Can marches sway A spokeswoman for U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, which handles deportations, defended the program and said o? Aprilire Thursday that more recent data indicates that about 44 percent of those handed over to the feds through the Secure Communities program lack a criminal record. deW crated. Perhaps Nationally, the spokeswoman put the figure at 37 percent, which Is actually higher than the coalition's findings. Janaery 15,2007 Launched in 2006, the Secure Communities program is aimed at finding illegal Immigrants with criminal records by rurming the fingerprints of inmates arrested in other aims through federal databases. Hailed by the Cbama administration as a way to weed out bad elements among the country's estimated 11 million illegal immigrants, the voluntary program has been adopted by local law enforcement agencies in 35 states so far and has led to the removal of nearly 51,000 people. In Illinois, the program exists in 26 counties, including Lake, Oul'age, Will, Kane and McHenry. Ads by Beagle AAA Official Site Emergency Roadside Assistance 24 Hours a Day, 365 Days a Year. www.AAA.com http://articles.chicagotribune.com/2011-01-13/newslct-met-immigration-arrests-report-20110113_ l ... 2/22/201 Administrative Regulations City of Iowa City Title: Acceptable Identification for City Services A.R. Number: Effective Date: Page: 1 of 2 Supersedes: A.R. Dated: I. Purpose The City of Iowa City is committed to providing a welcoming community that ensures City services are available to all eligible individuals. To this end, this policy addresses the type of identification requested and necessary for obtaining City services. II. Policy Where presentation of an Iowa driver's license is customarily accepted as adequate evidence of identity for the purpose of obtaining City services in Iowa City, a government issued photo identification shall be requested and acceptable. This paragraph does not apply to the exceptions noted in Section III. III. Procedures A. Exceptions This policy does not apply to I-9 forms, the driver of a motor vehicle involved in a traffic stop, or unless otherwise required by state or federal law. B. Acceptable Identification Where this policy is applicable, photo identification issued by any government authority, domestic or otherwise, is acceptable. This includes documents issued by a person's nation of Origin, including a driver's license, passport, or consulate -issued document. C. Implementation Where this policy is applicable, requests by City staff for identification shall be for "a government issued photo ID", without specifically requesting an Iowa driver's license.. Presentation of a photo identity document shall not subject the person presenting the document to a higher level of scrutiny or different treatment than if the person had provided an Iowa driver's license. IV. Responsibility Department Heads are responsible for the implementation of this policy. Administrative Regulations City of Iowa City Title: Acceptable Identification for City Services A.R. Number: Effective Date: Page: 2 of 2 Supersedes: A.R. Dated: V. Regulation Update The City Manager is responsible for updates to this policy. Approved: Ci Manager r ►--p°I CITY OF IOWA CITY 17 MEMORANDUM Date: December 1, 2016 To: Mayor and City Council From: Marian K. Karr, City Clerk Re: KXIC Radio Show KXIC offers a City show at 8:00 AM every Wednesday morning. In the past Council has volunteered for dates, and staff filled in as necessary. Please take a look at your calendars and come prepared to help fill in the schedule at your work session on December 6. Wednesday December 7 — Mims December 14 — December 21 — December 28 — January 4 — January 11 — January 18 — January 25 — February 1 — February 8 — In addition we are adding a 7:15 — 7:45 AM the first and third Friday of each month: Friday December 16 — Dickens January 6 — January 20 — February 3 — ** Please remember that KXIC is very flexible with taping the Wednesday sessions ahead of the show. It is the intent of the Friday interviews to be live. U: radioshowasking.doc r IP8 CITY OF IOWA CITY MEMORANDUM Date: November 30, 2016 To: Geoff Fruin, City Manager From: Brenda Nations, Sustainability Coordinator Re: Climate Action Plan Scope of Services Attachment: Climate Action Plan Scope of Services The City Council agreed at the Nov. 1 work session that a consultant will be hired to guide the community in the creation of a city-wide climate action plan. Staff has completed the scope of services that is included in the request for proposals. The scope Is attached, and includes the target reduction goal that Council requested be adopted by resolution at the Dec 6"' Council meeting. Staff will move forward in completing and issuing the request for proposals, with the intent of beginning the process as soon as possible. Once the request for proposal is issued, the next step will be working with Council on the creation of a climate change task force (or steering committee) made of up key community stakeholders who will be involved in the creation of the Climate Action Plan. Cc: Doug Boothroy, Neighborhood and Development Services Director Request for Proposals — Iowa City Climate Action and Adaptation Plan SCOPE OF SERVICES FOR CLIMATE ACTION AND ADAPTATION PLAN RFP A. Project Description The City of Iowa City is seeking a consultant or consultants to assist the community in the development of the City's first Climate Action and Adaptation Plan which meets Compact of Mayors requirements and proposes data -driven actions and strategies to achieve greenhouse gas (GHG) reduction target of 26-28% of the 2005 level of emissions by the year 2025, adopted by the City Council. B. Project Purpose The City of Iowa City is seeking consultant(s) to work with staff and a City Council appointed community committee to develop a comprehensive, robust and innovative Climate Action and Adaptation Plan that will: • Define the community's climate challenges, and the challenges and opportunities it faces in meeting ambitious climate and GHG reduction goals; • Serve as a mechanism to tie together the City's existing and developing sustainability initiatives, strategies and plans with the community's goals; • Establish a set of climate action strategies, implementation plans and metrics for measuring progress, lowering community -wide greenhouse emissions and activating and engaging residents, businesses and institutions with positive actions and tangible benefits; and • Analyze implementation strategies using Iowa City's equity toolkit in order to ensure benefits for all members of the community. C. Scope of Work The City of Iowa City seeks to develop a new Climate Action and Adaptation Plan with a vision that is transformative and engaging, and capable of achieving deep emissions reductions. The plan will review City GHG reduction goals for 2025, and present a plan to meet or exceed the percentage reduction goal by 2025—or sooner. This vision and plan must also integrate measures that improve quality of life, build prosperity and enhance community resilience. The Plan will be presented in a format that is visually appealing, easy to understand, and can easily be translated to a variety of media for different audiences. Most importantly, the creation of the plan is intended to mobilize the community towards change and create strategies and metrics to measure its success. The Climate Action and Adaptation Plan must also utilize, align with and conform to the following: • Compact of Mayors (now Global Covenant of Mayors) requirements • STAR Community Rating System • CDP online software tools such as CRAFT (Climate Risk and Adaptation Framework and Taxonomy) and other relevant tools • Future Iowa City climate projections from the report "Climate in the Heartland" • Staff support will be provided to ensure alignment with these requirements D. Desired Planning Process Components The selected consultant will be responsible for committee coordination, project planning and compilation of the final report to be provided to the City Council. The planning process should not exceed an 12 - month period. The process will include: committee and subcommittee organization, committee Request for Proposals — Iowa City Climate Action and Adaptation Plan deliberation, public engagement, staff outreach, plan draft development, presentation to the City Council, and event to launch plan. Community Committee • Assist the City in convening and leading a community committee that will be charged with overseeing the development of the desired plan. Technical Advisors • Assist committee in connecting with technical advisors that have subject area expertise in each of the sectors. The technical advisors should provide visionary leadership and technical guidance to producing the desired plan. Community Outreach and Engagement • Identify best practices for resident and stakeholder engagement, and education. Organize the outreach and engagement efforts at various points in the process. E. Deliverables Plan and presentation of materials shall address the following sectors: residential energy, commercial energy, industrial energy, transportation, water, and waste. Plan development must be formatted to include measurable actions and include cost effectiveness. Plan Components • Review of current conditions by reviewing previous emissions inventories. 2025 Reduction Target • Develop a long-term vision that is bold and transformative for the City in each of the sectors for the year 2050. • Develop a descriptive roadmap for achieving the 2025 reduction goal in each of the sectors. The roadmap should include policies, programs, measures, projects, infrastructure, and community actions. The roadmap should seek to synergize mitigating emissions as well as adapting to current and future climate change impacts such as increased temperatures and precipitation. • Identify near-term actions that can be achieved or in place by 2025 with measurable indicators. • Quantify each proposed measure's potential emission reduction. • Quantify each proposed measure's cost and benefit. • Identify associated co -benefits of each measure. • Identify responsible City divisions, community institutions, etc. • Ensure the collective actions positively impact all populations and move the city toward greater social equality. Climate Adaptation • Provide an assessment of the risks that Iowa City is likely to face as the impacts of climate change become more severe. Risks should include, but should not necessarily be limited to, flooding, increased heat waves, warmer temperatures, increased precipitation, air quality, and drought. • Provide a community vulnerability analysis to each risk with consideration to the diversity in Iowa City. • Develop measures to implement to prepare and adapt for the impacts of the identified risks. These measures should include infrastructure and community-based programming. • Ensure that all populations benefit from proposed implementation measures. Request for Proposals — Iowa City Climate Action and Adaptation Plan Community Action Toolkit • Incorporate the best practices, informed by lessons learned from the workshops, into a Climate Action Community Toolkit that can be used by Iowa City residents, businesses and neighborhood associations. Monitoring, Evaluation and Reporting • Develop a system for monitoring and evaluating progress utilizing CDP, and other tools. • Develop a template for annual reporting that can easily be communicated through a variety of media. Resource Analysis • Provide an analysis of the labor and financial resources required by the city government to develop, implement, monitor and evaluate Plan programs and projects. Teams/Expertise While the City seeks a single consultant to manage this project, we are willing to considerteams of persons. The City desires individuals with strong facilitation and communication skills and working knowledge or subject matter expertise in relevant topic areas. Previous experience in facilitating community groups, knowledge around climate change and creating community -wide climate action and adaptation plans is preferred. r 12-01-16 ►^tel~•® CITY OF IOWA CITY IP9 A%W MEMORANDUM Date: November 30, 2016 To: Mayor and City Council Members From: J Marian K. Karr, City Clerk �9 — Stefanie Bowers, Equity Director Re: Listening Post Update In 2016 Council held five listening posts: • Friday, April 1, 6-7:30 PM Pheasant Ridge Neighborhood Center, 2651 Roberts Road (Council Members Mims and Cole) • Wednesday, April 20, 1-3:00 PM, Old Capitol Center, room 2520D (second floor) (Council Members Thomas and Taylor) • Thursday, June 29, 6-8:00 PM, Forest View Trailer Court (Mayor Throgmorton and Mayor Pro tem Botchway) • Saturday, September 17, 9-11:00 AM, Farmer's Market (Chauncey Swan Facility) (Council Members Thomas and Cole) • Tuesday, November 15, 11:00 AM -1:00 PM, Senior Center Lobby (Council Members Mims and Taylor) Future listening post locations for the 2017 have been identified below: o Baculis Mobile Home Park o Oaknoll o Kirkwood Community College, Iowa City Campus S:IisteningpostRocafionmemo.doc LISTENING POST SUMMARY REPORT Date: November 15, 2016 Location: Johnson County Senior Center Time of Listening Post: 11:OOam—1:OOpm Council Members Attending: Susan Mims and Pauline Taylor Approximate number who attended: 6 Topics discussed (bullet points): • Request for more thorough plowing of snow in parking areas of City park and upper floors of parking ramps • Concerns regarding speeding issues along Court • Signage locators for downtown businesses • Bike racks and snow removal • Bike rack locations • The new "parklet" • City bus route to Steindler needed again Public Comments on this location of listening post: Most people commented that it was a good location Public Comment on future locations of the listening post: No comment Public Comments on the listening posts: People commented that it was great to be able to talk about City issues in a less intimidating way than at a council meeting. Any items/things that would improve future listening posts: Could we possibly have a regularly scheduled listening post at the Senior Center (re: a November date) that could be published in their catalog of things happening there? sdisteningposWreport r ILL, P11 Igo ®4 0-6 �':. mq CITY OF IOWA CITY 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240-1826 (319) 356-5000 (319) 356-5009 FAX www.icgov.org November 22, 2016 TO: The Honorable Mayor and the City Council RE: Civil Service Entrance Examination — Maintenance Worker II — Streets Under the authority of the Civil Service Commission of Iowa City, Iowa, I do hereby certify the following named person(s) as eligible for the position of Maintenance Worker I I — Streets. LukeStewart IOWA CITY CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 1_ (f===� Jes ase Marian Karr From: City of Iowa City <CityoflowaCity@public.govdelivery.com> Sent: Monday, November 28, 2016 2:19 PM To: Marian Karr Subject: Iowa City Police Department Re -Accreditation Assessment Team invites public comment r< SHARE Having trouble viewing this email? View it as a Web pace. 10WACITY FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE Date: 11/28/2016 Contact: Sgt. Scott Gaarde, ICPD Phone: 319-356-5293 Iowa City Police Department Re -Accreditation Assessment Team invites public comment A team of assessors from the Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement Agencies, Inc. (CALEA) will arrive in Iowa City on Sunday, Dec. 4, 2016, to examine aspects of the Iowa City Police Department's (ICPD) policy and procedures, management, operations, and services. Verification by the team that the ICPD meets the Commission's state -of -the art standards is a part of a voluntary process to maintain accreditation. Accreditation is important to the ICPD as it keeps our policies current with the best practices across the United States. Accreditation occurs in three year cycles, during which the Department must submit annual reports attesting continued compliance with the standards under which it was accredited. The ICPD had standards in order to gain accredited status. This is the Departments 5th re -accreditation, with the initial award of accreditation occurring in 2002. As part of the on-site assessment, agency employees and members of the community are invited to offer comments at a public information session Monday, Dec. 5, 2016, at 4:30 p.m. The session will be conducted at the Iowa City Public Library, meeting room A, located at 123 S. Linn Street. If for some reason an individual cannot speak at the public information session, but would still like to provide comments to the assessment team, she/he may do so by telephone. The public may call 319-356-5407 on Monday, Dec. 5, 2016, between the hours of 2 p.m. and 4 p.m. Telephone comments, as well as appearances at the public information sessions are limited to five minutes and should address the agencys ability to comply with CALEA's standards. Anyone wishing to submit written comments about the Iowa City Police Department's ability to comply with the standards for accreditation may send them to the Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement, Inc. (GALEA), 13575 Heathcote Boulevard, Suite 320, Gainesville, Virginia, 22030-2215 or www.calea.org. For more information regarding the Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement Agencies, Inc. please write the Commission at 13575 Heathcote Boulevard, Suite 320, Gainesville, Virginia, 22030-2215 or www.calea.orc. From: City of Iowa City<CityoflowaCity@public.govdelivery.com> Sent: Monday, November 28, 2016 10:32 AM To: Marian Karr Subject: Animal Center to host Holiday with the Hounds on Dec. 10 O SHARE Having trouble viewing this email? View it as a Web page. rnra 10WACITY FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE Date: Nov. 28, 2016 Contact: Liz Ford Phone: 319-356-5295 Animal Center to host Holiday with the Hounds on Dec. 10 It will be a holiday chorus of a whole different kind when the Iowa City Animal Care and Adoption Center hosts its annual Holiday with the Hounds event from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. on Saturday, Dec. 10, 2016. Holiday with the Hounds doubles as a holiday open house for people who are interested in adopting a pet, as well as a supply drive for shelter animals. It will be held at the Center at 3910 Napoleon Lane, off Sand Road. Visitors are encouraged to bring gifts for shelter animals, spend time with the pets, and enjoy cookies and cocoa at the event. Items on the Center's wish list include: Gift cards: Gift cards are always welcome, as they can be used to purchase whatever items are needed. Dry pet foods: NutriSource Senior Cat Weight Management, Chicken and Rice Recipe; NutriSource for Cats and Kittens, Chicken and Rice Recipe; Fromm Classic for Dogs, Chicken and Rice Formula; and OxBow rabbit food Toys and chews: Cat toys (especially little mice); cat wand toys; Nylabones, squeaky toys and any kind of tough toys for dogs; Kong toys; hard Tillable marrow bones; and soft dog treats (Wellness Brand is a favorite); chew sticks and toys for rabbits and other small mammals Other items: -Unscented clay cat litter or unscented scoopable cat litter -Small, washable cat beds -Small, deep crocks for water and small ceramic bowls for cat food -Large bath towels, wash cloths, blankets To view additional items on the Animal Center's wish list, or for more information, visit www.icanimalcenter.org or contact Supervisor Liz Ford at 319-356-5295 or liz-ford(a)iowa-citv.org. Marian Karr C From: City of Iowa City <CityoflowaCity@public.govdelivery.com> Sent: Tuesday, November 29, 2016 1:14 PM To: Marian Karr Subject: Iowa City Clerk Marian Karr announces retirement SHARE Having trouble viewing this email? View it as a Web page. 10WACITY FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE Date: 11/29/2016 Contact: Jim Throgmorton, Mayor Phone: 319-621-9391 Iowa City Clerk Marian Karr announces retirement City Clerk Marian Karr has announced her retirement after serving the Iowa City community for the past 37 years. Karr was hired as Deputy City Clerk in 1979 and appointed City Clerk by the City Council in 1983. The City Clerk position is one of the top administrative roles in City government and is one of three City employees directly appointed by the City Council. Karr's expected retirement date is Friday, Dec. 30, 2016. In her formal retirement announcement to the City Council, Karr stated, "I have been honored to serve the City Council and the Iowa City community for over 30 years in the City Clerk's office, and have decided to retire at the end of the current year to spend more time with family, friends, and do a bit of traveling. Thank you, and past City Council Members, for the privilege to serve Iowa City for the past 37 years as Deputy and then as City Clerk. I have thoroughly enjoyed my work, and will try and find something to do on Tuesday evenings starting in 2017." Mayor Jim Throgmorton commented, "For the past 33 years, Marian has served as City Clerk with grace, dedication, and distinction. I'm sad she'll be leaving, but am equally happy she'll be traveling and spending more time with her family and friends. She's earned it." The City Clerk's Office is the official record keeper for City government and the City Council. Over the years, Karr has overseen the Clerk's office which staffs three additional full-time employees. Together they handle custody of deeds, contracts and abstracts, as well as updates and maintenance of the many ordinances, resolutions, and meeting minutes generated by the City. Many licenses and permits are also managed by the Clerk's office - taxi company licenses and driver authorization, dancing permits, outdoor service areas, cigarette licenses, beer/liquor licenses, and cemetery deeds are issued from the office. The Community Police Review Board is also staffed by the Clerk's office and the Clerk is present at all City Council meetings. Maintained within the Clerk's office are also City subdivision and project files, the Domestic Partnership Registry and an index of Council proceedings. Iowa City Parks and Recreation launches Parks Master Plan Page 1 of 2 IP15 Receive Updates JEnter Email Address 7Fbo W Iowa City Parks and Recreation launches Parks Master Plan City of Iowa City sent this bulletin at 11/30/2016 04:25 PM CST 0 SHARE Having trouble viewing this email? View it as a Web page. °��� IOWA CITY Date: 11-30-16 Contact: Juli Sevdell Johnson Phone: 319-356-5110 Parks Master Plan public meeting scheduled Dec. 10 Iowa City Parks & Recreation needs your help envisioning the future of the Iowa City parks system through the "Gather Here" Parks planning initiative. This plan provides a study of the City's current active park areas to evaluate accessibility, condition and lifespan of the facilities, as well as providing a visioning component to determine the park amenities and facilities desired by the community. The goal is to shape the park system and facilities in their role as gathering spaces for the Iowa City community. To help inform the plan, a public input meeting will be held in conjunction with the Iowa City Holiday Market on Saturday, Dec. 10, 2016 at the Robert A Lee Recreation Center from 10 a.m.- noon. This plan will focus on the department's outdoor spaces, and not address the programs or services based inside the recreation centers or City Park Pool. RDG Design of Des Moines was selected to lead this 9 -month project. The outcome will be a prioritized plan to guide maintenance and plans for additions to park facilities. The master plan process began at the end October with a series of community focus groups geared at soliciting feedback on current facilities to determine accessibility and maintenance concerns. Questions? Contact Us https://content.govdelivery.com/accounts/IAIOWA/bulletins/I75b6ae 12/1/2016 DRAFT jp16 COMMUNITY POLICE REVIEW BOARD MINUTES — November 7, 2016 CALL TO ORDER: Chair Joseph Treloar called the meeting to order at 5:30 P.M. MEMBERS PRESENT: Monique Green, Mazahir Salih, Orville Townsend MEMBERS ABSENT: Donald King STAFF PRESENT: Kellie Fruehling, Staff and Patrick Ford, Legal Counsel STAFF ABSENT: None OTHERS PRESENT: None RECOMMENDATIONS TO COUNCIL (1) Accept CPRB Report on Complaint #16-03 (pending a name clearing hearing being held or waived) (2) Accept CPRB Report on Complaint #16-04 CONSENT CALENDAR Motion by Salih, seconded by Townsend, to adopt the consent calendar as presented or amended. • Minutes of the meeting on 10/11/16 Motion carried, 4/0, King absent. PUBLIC DISCUSSION None. BOARD INFORMATION Salih informed the Board that she was a committee member on the semi-finalist panel interviews for the Police Chief search. Fruehling handed out copies of the media release regarding the meet and greet for the three finalists for the Police Chief position. STAFF INFORMATION Fruehling informed the Board that City Clerk Marian Karr would be retiring at the end of the year after 37 years with the City. EXECUTIVE SESSION Motion by Salih, seconded by Townsend to adjourn into Executive Session based on Section 21.5(1)(a) of the Code of Iowa to review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential or to be kept confidential as a condition for that government body's possession or continued receipt of federal funds, and 22.7(11) personal information in confidential personnel records of public bodies including but not limited to cities, boards of supervisors and school districts, and 22-7(5) police officer investigative reports, except where disclosure is authorized elsewhere in the Code; and 22.7(18) Communications not required by law, rule or procedure that are made to a government body or to any of its employees by identified persons outside of government, to the extent that the government body receiving those communications from such persons outside of government could reasonably believe that those persons would be discouraged from making them to that government body if they were available for general public examination. Motion carried, 4/0, King absent. Open session adjourned at 5:36 P.M. CPRB November 7, 2016 Page 2 REGULAR SESSION Returned to open session at 6:19 P.M. Motion by Green, seconded by Townsend to accept CPRB Complaint #16-03 as amended and forward report to the City Council pending a name clearing hearing being held or waived. Motion carried, 4/0, King absent. Motion by Salih, seconded by Townsend to accept CPRB Complaint #16-04 as amended and forward report to the City Council. Motion carried, 4/0, King absent. TENTATIVE MEETING SCHEDULE and FUTURE AGENDAS (subject to change) *December 13, 2016, 5:30 PM, Helling Conference Rm (Rescheduled to December 15th) •December 15, 2016, 5:45 PM, tbd .January 10, 2017, 5:30 PM, Helling Conference Rm *February 14, 2017, 5:30 PM, Helling Conference Rm .March 14, 2017, 5:30 PM, Helling Conference Rm Motion by Salih, seconded by Green directing staff to schedule a tentative executive session only meeting for Monday, December 50' at 5:45pm. Motion carried, 4/0, King absent. Motion by Salih, seconded by Green to reschedule the December 13th meeting to December 15th due to report timelines. Motion carried, 4/0, King absent. ADJOURNMENT Motion for adjournment by Salih, seconded by Green. Motion carried, 4/0, King absent. Meeting adjourned at 6:26 P.M. COMMUNITY POLICE REVIEW BOARD ATTENDANCE RECORD YEAR 2015-2016 (Meetin¢ Date) KEY: X = Present O = Absent O/E = Absent/Excused NM = No meeting --- = Not a Member TERM 10/12 12/16 1/20 1/25 2/17 4/12 4/26 5/18 5/23 6/7 8/17 9/13 10/11 11/ NAME EXP. Melissa 9/1/16 X X X X X NM X X X X --- --- --- Jensen Joseph 9/1/17 X X X X X NM X O/E X X X X X X Treloar Royceann 9/1/16 X O X X X NM X X X O Porter Mazahir 9/1/17 O O/E O X O NM X X O/E O/E X X O X Salih Donald 9/1/19 X X X X O NM X X X X O/E X O/E 0/1 King Monique 7/1/20 — -- — _ _ --- --_ X X X X Green Orville 7/1/20 --- --- --- — — — X X X X Townsend KEY: X = Present O = Absent O/E = Absent/Excused NM = No meeting --- = Not a Member COMMUNITY POLICE REVIEW BOARD A Board of the City of Iowa City 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, IA 52240-1826 (319)356-5041 November 7. 2016 Re: Investigation of CPRB Complaint #16-04 This is the Report of the Community Police Review Board's (the "Board") review of the investigation of Complaint CPRB #16-04 (the "Complaint"). BOARD'S RESPONSIBILITY Under the City Code of the City of Iowa City, the Board's responsibilities are as follows: 1. The Board forwards all complaints to the Police Chief, who completes an investigation. (Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(A).) 2. When the Board receives the Police Chiefs report, the Board must select one or more of the following levels of review, in accordance with Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(1): a. On the record with no additional investigation. b. Interview /meet with complainant. c. Interview /meet with named officer(s) and other officers. d. Request additional investigation by the police chief, or request police assistance in the board's own investigation. e. Perform its own investigation with the authority to subpoena witnesses. f. Hire independent investigators. 3. In reviewing the Police Chiefs report, the Board must apply a "reasonable basis" standard of review. This means that the Board must give deference to the Police Chiefs report, because of the Police Chiefs professional expertise. (Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(2).) 4. According to Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(2), the Board can recommend that the Police Chief reverse or modify the Chiefs findings only if: a. The findings are not supported by substantial evidence; or b. The findings are unreasonable, arbitrary or capricious; or c. The findings are contrary to a police department policy or practice, or any federal, state or local law. To: City Council c_ r, y; � m") Complainant — City Manager ' Equity Directory William A. Campbell, Interim Chief of Police Officer(s) involved in complaint t,77l From: Community Police Review Board Re: Investigation of CPRB Complaint #16-04 This is the Report of the Community Police Review Board's (the "Board") review of the investigation of Complaint CPRB #16-04 (the "Complaint"). BOARD'S RESPONSIBILITY Under the City Code of the City of Iowa City, the Board's responsibilities are as follows: 1. The Board forwards all complaints to the Police Chief, who completes an investigation. (Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(A).) 2. When the Board receives the Police Chiefs report, the Board must select one or more of the following levels of review, in accordance with Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(1): a. On the record with no additional investigation. b. Interview /meet with complainant. c. Interview /meet with named officer(s) and other officers. d. Request additional investigation by the police chief, or request police assistance in the board's own investigation. e. Perform its own investigation with the authority to subpoena witnesses. f. Hire independent investigators. 3. In reviewing the Police Chiefs report, the Board must apply a "reasonable basis" standard of review. This means that the Board must give deference to the Police Chiefs report, because of the Police Chiefs professional expertise. (Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(2).) 4. According to Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(2), the Board can recommend that the Police Chief reverse or modify the Chiefs findings only if: a. The findings are not supported by substantial evidence; or b. The findings are unreasonable, arbitrary or capricious; or c. The findings are contrary to a police department policy or practice, or any federal, state or local law. 5. When the Board has completed its review of the Police Chiefs report, the Board issues a public report to the city council. The public report must include: (1) detailed findings of fact; and (2) a clearly articulated conclusion explaining why and the extent to which the complaint is either "sustained" or "not sustained ". (Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(3).) 6. Even if the Board finds that the complaint is sustained, the Board has no authority to discipline the officer involved. BOARD'S PROCEDURE The Complaint was initiated by the Complainant on June 28, 2016. As required by Section 8-8-5(B) of the City Code, the Complaint was referred to the Chief of Police for investigation. The Chiefs Report was filed with the City Clerk on September 27, 2016. The Police Chief also provided a copy of audio or video recordings of the incident. Prior to the meeting on October 11th, Board members reviewed audio or video recordings of the incident. The Board met to consider the Report on October 11, 2016 and November 7, 2016. The Board voted on October 11, 2016 to apply the following Level of Review to the Chiefs Report: On the record with no additional investigation, pursuant to Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(1)(a). On October 11, 2006, the Board discussed all audio and video recordings they viewed of Complaint #16-04. FINDINGS OF FACT On 04/03/2016, at approximately 12:04 a.m., Officers A and B were assigned to foot patrol and were conducting a bar check at the Sports Column Bar. Officer A located a person (the Complainant) who appeared to be under age 21. He approached and requested identification. The Complainant stated his ID was "outside" and Officer A followed. The Complainant, attempted to escape by running. He was caught, but resisted and failed to submit to arrest. Officer B approached to assist Officer A with the arrest. Officer A deployed pepper spray as the Complainant continued to physically resist. Officer C approached and all three were able to overtake the Complainant and place him into custody. The Complainant was decontaminated following the pepper spray exposure and declined further medical treatment. ALLEGATION 1 — Unnecessary Use of Force (all officers). .c The Board concluded that Officers A, B, and C were not excessive in the use of rLired tb apprehend the Complainant. c , Allegation: Unnecessary Use of Force (all officers) - Not sustained co ALLEGATION 2 — Failure to Activate Body -Worn Cameras (7 of 3 officers). ' -. C7 x - Officers B and C both activated their body -worn cameras, but Officer A failed to activate his. The Board concluded that Office A was negligent in adhering to this policy. Allegation: Failure to Activate Body -Worn Cameras (1 of 3 officers) - Sustained IDD -TIM COMMUNITY POLICE REVIEW BOARD MINUTES — November 15, 2016 CALL TO ORDER: Chair Joseph Treloar called the meeting to order at 5:33 P.M. MEMBERS PRESENT: Monique Green, Orville Townsend MEMBERS ABSENT: Donald King, Mazahir Salih STAFF PRESENT: Staff Kellie Fruehling and Patrick Ford STAFF ABSENT: None OTHERS PRESENT: None RECOMMENDATIONS TO COUNCIL (1) Accept CPRB Report on Complaint #16-03 (pending a name clearing hearing being held or waived) Motion by Green, seconded by Townsend to adjourn into Executive Session based on Section 21.5(1)(a) of the Code of Iowa to review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential or to be kept confidential as a condition for that government body's possession or continued receipt of federal funds, and 22.7(11) personal information in confidential personnel records of public bodies including but not limited to cities, boards of supervisors and school districts, and 22-7(5) police officer investigative reports, except where disclosure is authorized elsewhere in the Code; and 22.7(18) Communications not required by law, rule or procedure that are made to a government body or to any of its employees by identified persons outside of government, to the extent that the government body receiving those communications from such persons outside of government could reasonably believe that those persons would be discouraged from making them to that government body if they were available for general public examination. Motion carried, 3/0, King and Salih absent. Open session adjourned at 5:34 P.M. REGULAR SESSION Returned to open session at 5:56 P.M. Motion by Green, seconded by Townsend to accept CPRB Complaint #16-03 as amended and forward report to the City Council pending a name clearing hearing being held or waived. Motion carried, 3/0, King and Salih absent. TENTATIVE MEETING SCHEDULE and FUTURE AGENDAS (subject to chance) • December 15, 2016, 5:45 PM, tbd • January 10, 2017, 5:30 PM, Helling Conference Rm *February 14, 2017, 5:30 PM, Helling Conference Rm • March 14, 2017, 5:30 PM, Helling Conference Rm ADJOURNMENT Motion for adjournment by Townsend, seconded by Green. Motion carried, 3/0, King and Salih absent. Meeting adjourned at 5:58 P.M. COMMUNITY POLICE REVIEW BOARD ATTENDANCE RECORD YEAR 2015-2016 (Meeting Date) KEY: X = Present O = Absent O/E = Absent/Excused NM = No meeting --- = Not a Member TERM 12/16 1/20 1/25 2/17 4/12 4/26 5/18 5/23 6/7 8/17 9/13 10/11 11/7 11/1 NAME EXP. Melissa 9/1/16 X X X X NM X X X X --- -- --- --- --- Jensen Joseph 9/1/17 X X X X NM X O/E X X X X X X X Treloar Royceann 9/1/16 O X X X NM X X X O --- — --- --- --- Porter Mazahir 9/1/17 O/E O X O NM X X O/E O/E X X O X O Salih Donald 9/1/19 X X X O NM X X X X O/E X O/E O/E 0/1 King Monique 7/1/20 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- — X X X X X Green Orville 7/1/20 -- --- --- --- --- --- --- — — X X X X X Townsend KEY: X = Present O = Absent O/E = Absent/Excused NM = No meeting --- = Not a Member COMMUNITY POLICE REVIEW BOARD A Board of the City of Iowa City 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, IA 52240-1826 (319)356-5041 November 15, 2016 To: City Council Complainant City Manager Equity Director Chief of Police Officer(s) involved in complaint From: Community Police Review Board Re: Investigation of CPRB Complaint #16-03 This is the Report of the Community Police Review Board's (the "Board") review of the investigation of Complaint CPRB #16-03 (the "Complaint"). BOARD'S RESPONSIBILITY Under the City Code of the City of Iowa City, the Board's responsibilities are as follows: 1. The Board forwards all complaints to the Police Chief, who completes an investigation. (Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(A).) 2. When the Board receives the Police Chiefs report, the Board must select one or more of the following levels of review, in accordance with Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(1): a. On the record with no additional investigation. b. Interview /meet with complainant. c. Interview /meet with named officer(s) and other officers. d. Request additional investigation by the police chief, or request police assistance in the board's own investigation. e. Perform its own investigation with the authority to subpoena witnesses. f. Hire independent investigators. 3. In reviewing the Police Chiefs report, the Board must apply a "reasonable basis" standard of review. This means that the Board must give deference to the Police Chiefs report, because of the Police Chiefs professional expertise. (Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(2).) 4. According to Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(2), the Board can recommend that the Police Chief reverse or modify the Chiefs findings only if: a. The findings are not supported by substantial evidence; or b. The findings are unreasonable, arbitrary or capricious; or c. The findings are contrary to a police department policy or practice, or any federal, state or local law. 5. When the Board has completed its review of the Police Chiefs report, the Board issues a public report to the city council. The public report must include: (1) detailed findings of fact; and (2) a clearly articulated conclusion explaining why and the extent to which the complaint is either "sustained" or "not sustained ". (Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(3).) 6. Even if the Board finds that the complaint is sustained, the Board has no authority to discipline the officer involved. The Complaint was initiated by the Complainant on June 13, 2016. As required by Section 8-8-5(B) of the City Code, the Complaint was referred to the Chief of Police for investigation. The Chiefs Report was filed with the City Clerk on September 12, 2016. Prior to the meeting on October 11th, Board members reviewed audio or video recordings of the incident. The Board met to consider the Report on October 11, 2016 and November 7, 2016. The Board voted on October 11, 2016 to apply the following Level of Review to the Chiefs Report: On the record with no additional investigation, pursuant to Iowa City Code Section 8-8-7(B)(1)(a). FINDINGS OF FACT The Board found that on March 18, 2016, at 3:22 a.m., officers responded to a compliant of a suicidal female at 1639 Dover Street, Iowa City, Iowa. When officers arrived they found that the female in question had in fact threatened suicide and a knife had been taken from her person. Officers attempted for approximately 40 minutes to persuade the person threatening suicide to either go in the ambulance, or go with friends to the hospital for evaluation and possible treatment. The suicidal female went into a house where knives were present and was taken into custody for their safety. ALLEGATION 1 — Unlawful Entry. The Board found that the complaint of the Iowa City Police unlawfully entering the complainant's residence was not sustained. Police did enter the complainant's residence without the complainant's permission, but they were in pursuit of a person who had threatened suicide and had to be taken to the hospital. Allegation: Unlawful Entry - Not sustained ALLEGATION 2 — Unnecessary Use of Force. The Board found that the Iowa City Police used force to place the suicidal person at the scene in the ambulance so that they could be transported to the hospital. The police also used force to asst and take into custody those at the scene who were interfering with the police as they carried out their duties, The Board found that no excessive or unnecessary force was used by the officers. ; d Allegation: Unnecessary Use of Force - Not sustainedco I" U COMMENTS It was evident from the time the police arrived on the scene that it was their intent that the suicidal person would receive necessary care at the hospital. It was also evident that the police intended that no one be arrested, no charge would need to be filed and that the transportation of the patient occur as peacefully as possible without incident. The Board felt the officers handled a very difficult situation very professionally; however, one of the officers made the following comment at the hospital after the patient stated that they were fine: "well you should have been fine earlier". Also, one of the officers made the following comment to one of the arrestees: "you're a grown ass man, look how you're acting". The Board felt that these comments were unnecessary and inflammatory and de-escalation training may be in order to improve future situations, especially in the case of distressed individuals. Minutes Human Rights Commission November 15, 2016 Helling Conference Room DRAFT Members Present: Eliza Willis, Andrea Cohen, Paul Retish, Adil Adams, Kim Hanrahan, Joe D. Coulter, D'Angelo Bailey, Barbara Kutzko. Members Not Present: Shams Ghoneim. Staff Present: Stefanie Bowers. Others Present: Haley Henscheid, Kelly Clougher, Tracy Peterson, Jane Meggers, Sue Ellen Salisbury, Mary Larson, Deb Pearson. Recommendations to City Council: The City of Iowa City should declare the second Mondays of October as Indigenous People's Day. A vote was taken and passed unanimously 8-0. See attachment to the minutes entitled Indigenous People's Day. Call to Order: Hanrahan called the meeting to order at 5:30 PM. Approval of October 18, 2016 Minutes: Coulter moved to approve the minutes; the motion was seconded by Bailey. A vote was taken and the motion passed 8-0. Public Comment of Items not on the Agenda: Sue Ellen Salisbury, Mary Larson, Deb Pearson and Jane Meggers commented on the hateful rhetoric and acts that have been committed against members of the community who are Muslim since the Presidential election. The following suggestions were made to the City government/Human Rights Commission. 1) Provide guidance to the public on what to do if you believe you area victim of a hate crime including legal guidance; and 2) provide a response from the Police Department as to why no officer went to visit the family's home after the initial call for service was received reporting the hateful letter that was placed on the family's front door. The Commission will discuss outreach and education they can implement in response to this incident at its next meeting date. Indigenous People's Day: Coulter asked the Commission to recommend to the City Council for the second Mondays of October to be declared as Indigenous People's Day. Haley Henscheid, Kelly Clougher, and Tracy Peterson discussed their support for the Commission recommending this to the City Council. Coulter moved to make the recommendation; the motion was seconded by Bailey. A vote was taken and the motion passed 8-0. Lunch & Learn: The last Lunch & Learn for the year is scheduled for December 7. Attendance has been low at the last two events. The program may need to be reevaluated in terms of outcomes and content and/or modified if numbers continue to be low. Social Justice Racial Equity Grant: The grant application will be available to apply for from December 1, 2016 —January 5, 2017. The Benefits of Disability in the Workplace: Evaluations from the program held on November 3 were positive. Future workshops on this topic are planned for 2017. Proclamations: Bailey accepted the proclamation for National American Indian Heritage Month at the November I City Council meeting. Adams accepted the proclamation for National Disability Employment Awareness Month at the October 18 City Council meeting. Human Rights Breakfast: The annual event was well attended. Some Commissioners felt the keynote remarks were inappropriate and placed the Commission in a bad light. The Commission over the next year will think about potential keynote speakers for the 2017 Breakfast. Ad Hoc Committee on Know Your Rights: A future event is being planned around educating the public on their rights. The committee meets later this month to discuss this series. Building and Crossing Bridges Together: A follow-up meeting with the planning committee will be held in the future for next steps. Ad Hoe Committee on Why Vote? What's in it for Me? The committee held another event at the Broadway Neighborhood Center prior to Election Day. At this time, it is believed that this initiative will be ongoing. The committee hopes to be active in-between elections. Voter education is a big part of the series. Iowa City Community School District Equity Committee: At the November meeting the committee discussed the District's report card for schools. However, the information on student achievement was presented in the aggregate. Committee members requested for it to be presented individually in the future. Reports of Commissioners: Hanrahan recently presented to school district administrators on LGBTQ youth concerns and challenges. Adams has encouraged members of the Sudanese community to attend City Council meetings and to become more involved in local government. Willis recently viewed a documentary entitled Starving the Beast. The film explores the finances of public universities as states provide less funding and increased regulation which has left rising tuitions and increased student debt. Bailey reported a few interactions with law enforcement that he believes were racial profiling. Cohen is working with a student intern who would like to see the Commission and City play a more active role in community mental health. At the October Commission meeting Kutzko mentioned that she serves on the Diversity and Social Justice Committee for the University of Iowa School of Social Work and that it will be hosting an open forum on sexual harassment. Since that time, the planners of the forum have decided to make it a closed forum. Adjournment: 7:01 PM. Late Handouts from November 15, 2016 Meeting Indigenous Peoples' Day Gains Momentum As A Replacement For Columbus Day By BILL CHAPPELL • OCT 7, 2016 TweetShareGoogle+Email Lovella Black Bear holds a sign calling for the abolishment of Columbus Day during a demonstration in Seattle in October 2015. The city approved the designation of Indigenous Peoples' Day in 2014. Elaine Thompson I AP Originally published on October 7, 2016 7:36 pm The state of Vermont and the city of Phoenix have joined the list of places that now call the second Monday in October Indigenous Peoples' Day, in a show of momentum for honoring indigenous people on the federal holiday that's named for Christopher Columbus. Phoenix is now the largest U.S. city to recognize Indigenous Peoples' Day, according to member station KJZZ, which says the move came on a unanimous vote. Other cities have adopted similar laws in recent years, including Seattle and Minneapolis. The city council of Denver, which observed Indigenous Peoples' Day last year under a temporary proclamation, embraced a permanent observance this week — a development that's particularly striking because Denver is where the idea for a holiday honoring Christopher Columbus first took root. "Colorado became the first state to observe Columbus Day as an official holiday," acpp�ng to The Denver Post, "and in 1909, Denver held its first Columbus Day parade." ' - Denver's move comes two months after Boulder's city council declared that Indigenous Peoples' Day will be celebrated on every Columbus Day holiday. But the push to rename the Columbus holiday is being turned back in some areas: This week, the Cincinnati City Council rejected an Indigenous Peoples' Day proclamation, for instance. Although Columbus Day has been a federal holiday since the 1930s, more than half of U.S. states don't mandate a paid day off for the holiday. As of 2015, only 23 states gave employees a paid day off for the day. For years, only one state — South Dakota — officially designated the second Monday in October to honor the people and cultures that thrived in North America before Europeans' arrival. Alaska's governor adopted Indigenous Peoples Day last year; we'll note that the state, like Hawaii and Oregon, had previously not recognized Columbus Day. As of this week, Vermont also recognizes the second Monday of October as Indigenous People's Day, after Gov. Peter Shumlin issued an executive proclamation. In it, Shumlin noted that Vermont was founded on land that was long inhabited by the Abenaki people. South Dakota adopted Native American Day back in the 1990s; California observes a day by the same name, but it does so on the fourth Friday in September. Late last month, Nevada's governor established American Indian Day in the state; it was observed on Sept. 23. As for the reasons behind the push for change, here's what Lakota activist Bill Means told Minnesota Public Radio back in 2014, when Minneapolis adopted Indigenous Peoples' Day: "We discovered Columbus, lost on our shores, sick, destitute, and wrapped in rags. We nourished him to health, and the rest is history," Means told MPR. "He represents the mascot of American colonialism in the Western Hemisphere. And so it is time that we change a myth of history." Copyright 2016 NPR. To see more, visit http://www.npr.org/. Support grows for Indigenous People's Day amid Columbus Day criticism USA Today Network USA TODAY NETWORK 1:45 p.m. CDT October 10, 2016 As Christopher Columbus Day becomes an increasingly criticized federal holiday, some cities are celebrating Native Americans instead. The cities of Phoenix and Denver will celebrate their first official Indigenous People's Da v on Monday. The cities, are part of a growing movement to acknowledge Indigenous People's Day, in recognition of the suffering Native American people endured during American colonization. Phoenix City Council members voted 9-0 Wednesday to establish the day as an annual city commemoration event. The move neither creates an official city holiday nor does it replace Columbus Day, which Phoenix doesn't observe as a city holiday. Phoenix is now the largest U.S. city to recognize Indigenous People's Day as an annual event. Other cities that observe it include Minneapolis, Seattle, Denver, Portland and San Antonio. In Vermont, Gov. Peter Shumlin proclaimed Monday Indigenous People's Day in the state, replacing what had been observed in previous years as Columbus Day. In a proclamation signed Oct. 6, Shumlin said he encouraged Vermonters to "recognize the sacrifice and contributions of the First Peoples of this land" on what has nationally been a day recognizing the arrival of explorer Christopher Columbus in the Americas in 1492. While many are in support of recognizing Native Americans on Columbus Day, not everyone has jumped at the chance to change the federal holidays name. Cincinnati's city council reiected a proclamation last week that would have recognized Indigenous People's Day instead of Columbus Day. Likewise, Oklahoma City leaders shot down a proposal to recognize Indigenous People's Day for the second time in a row. The idea for Indigenous People's Day was first proposed in 1977 by a delegation of Native Nations to the International Conference on Discrimination Against Indigenous Populations in the Americas, according to the Vermont proclamation. At least nine cities celebrated Indigenous People's Day for the first time last year. Sharon Coolidge of the Cincinnati Enquirer, Dustin Gardiner of the Arizona Republic, The Burlington (Vt.) Free Press staff, and KUSA-TY, Denver. A, -t\ � A B C How did you feel about the data/information presented? How could you partner or help in mitigating the What could be different about the presentation given data? tonight to make it more compelling? 1 Glad we're looking at these. Appears to be a certain I hear we have to mitigate discrepancies Add a few "real experience" examples to generate thought consistency with numbers over the year. Look forward to with part of participants. 2 future conclusion re: action steps to be taken Informative, but creates many more questions, e.g. are these Classroom time is quite regimented. There is little More time for discussion differences by academic achievement? Other school room for Flexibility. All time given to —is time programs like band, clubs, etc. Are all disparities negative? away from academics i.e. strategies 1 & 2 3 Why? Alarmed survey does not show a district where Black students Retraining staff responsible for the disparities. Illustrated with individual stories. can thrive. Focusing on staff conduct, not student conduct. 4 It's good that attention is being brought to a long over look More training with the staff that their comments The information was good, but the people that needed to be factor(s) that effect students and that there might be hurt when they are degrading. Hire more staff and here are the teachers along with us the community. something to improve learning environment. teachers of color, How do you get more people of color to become teachers that studied here in Iowa, but may not stay here. Quit shifting the students to other schools because the teachers are gone. 5 We've got work to do to narrow the gaps. I wonder what the Encourage businesses and organizations to provide I thought it was excellent! The data was presented clearly community at large can do to help narrow the gaps? I'm not mentors for students. I'm a member of ICSURJ. I and capably. Only suggestion would be to define some of a student, teacher or parent of a current student, but I want would hope we could help encourage support. the terms: Implicit bias & Restorative Justice to help. Disappointed- particularly to hear that teachers are perceived as unfair. Why are there disparities? 6 Very excited, hopeful. All children deserve a comfortable, Partnership - Mentor - work w/community leaders, No suggestions positive experience in school. church/community groups, police, similar gender/race, programs/teamwork, and 7 student organizations A B C I feel like this piece of information was very helpful to know Collaborations with others for more mentors to Would like to see this as an ongoing forum. That this would the data on the disparities in the district. Great opportunity mentees. More volunteers to help out and make the be a conversation that we need to focus on to make sure to know you involved stakeholders in our community for this kids feel welcome. Teacher's needing to be held that things are getting better. We have to keep the data. Minority kids really are not feeling like they're part of accountable. conversation going. Have this done in the school. Involve their school. Now that you have this data, what are you the people in the building. going to do with it? What are your next steps? 8 Glad you asked kids the climate questions and that you are Kay Pranis' circle training. Be open and honest I like the details. Boil it down to fewer details/more focus to tracking the disparities. Glad you are taking action. What are about this with students, parents, teachers, convey it to more people. I'll think about it. I'd like to see your next steps? administrators, and staff. Implicit bias and skills: ask this as an ongoing forum. Do it at each school with paras, the teachers what they think. Ask the students what kids, teachers, administrators in that building with their they think. Teacher buy -in. staff. 9 Not surprised. Good to have data as baseline and to measure Increased conversation regarding issues (race, Keep survey/data presentation to 45 minutes, or less. More future progress. Sad that such disparities exist. socioeconomic differences...) Identifying implicit time for breakout discussion. biases. More volunteers in classrooms. More teachers of color. Work with businesses to get them to encourage/support employees to volunteer to be mentors in the schools district. 10 I'm excited to see the results of the steps taken after the Continue to include young people in conversations Hearing the actual voices of young people (or seeing some research. Also to learn how the follow up will look and how with adult groups: mentors, cultural awareness, law of their responses) would be powerful. Also, the responses actions will be informed as the data "moves." This seems like enforcement, etc. of parents and staff would be very helpful in creating a more a good way to approach many issues. complete picture of the entire culture of the District and how people see their individual realities. This is only the tip of the iceberg, but it's a way forward through issues that have been bubbling up - both those we know about and those we have yet to discover. 11 A B C The information was impressive, as a presentation. The Needed: in addition to targeting problems of racial Regarding this presentation (from 4pm - 8pm - I arrived at systematicness of the research and the effort to apply it disparity and doing something. Needed is a larger 3:45 pm), so I missed Jim Leach & James Thrognorton): I practically to improving climate at the school district was inspiring ideal and vision (at the level of school site, seemed all too unfocused related to the theme advertised, impressive, but I experienced quite a disconnect of the school district, Iowa City), where students, teachers i.e. how to build and cross bridges at this time of increasing material with re: conference demo as announced, i.e. as a and staff want to participate in community buy -in national polarization and national and planetary crisis. How response to the currently polarized political climate (plus process. do we get to the core of the issues in the human psyche of dividing walls put up by Trump) of this election season. fear and wall -building vs. bridges? How do we understand it and tackle it. How do we organize Goodwill? How do we unlock the heart? The education presentation was super impressive, yet it skirted the deeper issues. Sorry, I missed 2 pm - 4 pm. Perhaps valuable, give people paper. Give them meditation/reflection time and journaling time (alone), right at beginning on your conference topic "building and crossing bridges." Flesh out what bridges exist in each of us, and in larger settings? What is your wall? Tour community wall? Where have you already laid a bridge? Then share. What's next? Envisioning exercise. 12 A B C Lots of information. Too much details. Good information Mentors, support system. Counselors and teachers Student/teacher/school ownership as part of presenters, so about students and statistics. Information doesn't address are mentors. Get teacher full buy -in. Community problems and solutions are gathered collaboratively. why there's disparity, only that there's disparities. members give presentations. Common activities in Common activities - share case study experiences and Consistency of disproportionality. Survey is an attempt to cultures and faith communities. Clearly and quotes from students. Less front loading of so much data. identify problem. How to follow up on task force. Metric for regularly name cultural assumptions in our schools. success? Where to go from here? What's missing? Mentors from cultures, especially small minorities - Possible missed survey data: SES & race. SES correlates with are rare. Intersections. parental involvement, representation at SB meetings and ancillary meetings, and food and housing security. In Poverty Culture: ppl do not (can not) construct a significant future story for self, because always dealing with tyranny of the moment. Relevant curriculum, represents what is the center of the community. Bussing issues, preventing extra curricular, student jobs, study time & language barriers. School to prison pipeline - strong awareness in students. Alcohol/drug use, how much/frequent. Young students. What if the disillusionment starts at 1st grade? 13 From: Shams Ghoneim [mailto:shams oneim(a)mchsi.coml Sent: Thursday, November 10, 2016 5:10 PM To: Stefanie Bowers Subject: Re: Oct. 13 Building &Crossing Bridges together Report and Evaluations Thank you. I also have the following to report: UICIIR : *I served as a Panelist for the Islamophobia in the 21st Century event and Art exhibit on November 3rd at the Senate chambers. * The Program Committee will meet on November 15 at the Law School. * The Advisory Board will be holding its semi=annual meeting and dinner on November, 29. Commissioner report: I will be a Speaker on Islam/hiterfaith dialogue and challenges meeting the Muslim Community at the Trinity Episcopal Church in Iowa city on November 27. Thank you Shams Human Rights Commission Attendance Record Key X = Present O = Absent O/E= Absent/Excused R = Resigned --- = Vacant 11 TERM 12/15 1/19 2/16 3/15 4/18 5/17 6/21 7/7 7/19 8/16 9/20 10/18 11/15 NAME EXP. 15 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 Joe D. Coulter 1/1/2019 X X X X X O/E X X O/E X O/E X X Adil D. 1/1/2019 -- O/E O O/E O X X X X X X X X Adams Eliza Jane 1/1/2019 ---- X O/E X X X X X X X X X X Willis Paul Retish 1/1/2017 X O/E X X X X X X X X X X X Orville 1/1/2017 X X X X X X X X X R R R R Townsend, Sr. Karol Krotz 1/1/2017 — — -- --- -- O O O R R R R R Andrea Cohen 1/1/2018 --- X X X X X X X X X X X X Kim 1/1/2018 X X X O/E X X X X X O X X X Hanrahan Shams 1/1/2018 X O/E X X X X X X X X X X O/E Ghoneim Barbara 1/1/2020 -- --- --- -- --- --- --- -- -- -- — X X Kutzko D'Angelo 1/1/2020 — --- --- -- — --- --- --- -- — -- X X Bailey Key X = Present O = Absent O/E= Absent/Excused R = Resigned --- = Vacant 11 MINUTES PRELIMINARY PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION NOVEMBER 17, 2016 — 7:00 PM — FORMAL MEETING EMMA HARVAT HALL — CITY HALL MEMBERS PRESENT: Carolyn Dyer, Mike Hensch, Ann Freerks, Phoebe Martin, Max Parsons, Jodie Theobald MEMBERS ABSENT: Mark Signs STAFF PRESENT: Sara Hektoen, Bob Miklo OTHERS PRESENT: None RECOMMENDATIONS TO CITY COUNCIL: None CALL TO ORDER: Freerks called the meeting to order at 7:00 PM. PUBLIC DISCUSSION OF ANY ITEM NOT ON THE AGENDA: There were none COMPREHENSIVE PLAN ITEM (CPA16:00003): Consider a motion setting a public hearing for December 1 for discussion of an amendment to the Comprehensive Plan to change the land use designation of property located at the northeast corner of Camp Cardinal Road and Camp Cardinal Boulevard from Residential 2 to 8 dwelling units per acre to Residential 8 to 16 dwelling units per acre. Miklo explained this is just a formality to set the public hearing date. Miklo showed a location map of the area and noted the Staff Report was in the Commissioners' packet for their and public review. This particular property was originally part of a larger piece of land that Saint Andrew's Church purchased. The area is zoned OPD -5 because contains a sensitive area with wetlands and slopes. The area is Lot 2 of the Saint Andrew's Subdivision. Hensch moved to set a date for a public hearing for CPA16:00003 for December 1. Parsons seconded the motion. A vote was taken and the motion carried 6-0. CONSIDERATION OF MEETING MINUTES: OCTOBER 20, 2016 Theobald moved to approve the meeting minutes of October 20, 2016. Planning and Zoning Commission November 17, 2016 — Formal Meeting Page 2 of 3 Parsons seconded the motion. A vote was taken and the motion passed 6-0. PLANNING AND ZONING INFORMATION: Miklo stated he missed the October 20`" meeting because he was attending the Iowa APA meeting in Burlington and he will share with the Commission some slides and information he learned at that meeting. He also noted that the City of Burlington has done a lot in the past decade or so rejuvenating their downtown area and including more residential into the large otherwise vacant buildings. Theobald asked that the other Commissioners go look at the new Brueggers site on Riverside Drive, as it appears problematic. The drive through, driveway, and parking area are all one area and very convoluted. Miklo noted that was a tough case because of the small site. The Board of Adjustment approved the drive through location and the City Engineer had to give an exception to allow the right -out only drive onto Benton Street. Hensch also noted that the driveway onto Benton Street is to be right turn only but he has seen people go left, and there is no signage there. Miklo will said staff would review the situation to see if signs regarding the driveway would be helpful. ADJOURNMENT: Parsons moved to adjourn. Martin seconded. A vote was taken and motion carried 6-0. PLANNING & ZONING COMMISSION ATTENDANCE RECORD 2015-2016 KEY: X = Present O = Absent O/E = Absent/Excused --- = Not a Member 12/3 1/711/21 2/19 313 3/17 4/7 4/21 51515/19 6/2 7/7 7/21 814 9/1 10/6 10/20 11/17 DYER,CAROLYN X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X EASTHAM, CHARLIE X X X X X X XWXX FREERKS,ANN X X O/E X X X X X 0/E X X X X X X HENSCH, MIKE X X X X X X XX X O/E X X X X X MARTIN, PHOEBE X X X X X X XX X O/E X X X O/E X PARSONS,MAX X X X X X O/E XX X XX X X X X SIGNS, MARK — — — X X X X X X X OIE THEOBALD, JODIE X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X KEY: X = Present O = Absent O/E = Absent/Excused --- = Not a Member • rwt®r�� CITY OF IOWA CITY 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240-1826 (319) 356-5000 1319)356-5009 FAX www.icgov.org Late Handouts: Information submitted between distribution of packet on Thursday and close of business on Monday. Consent Calendar: Minutes Boards and Commissions - ITEM 4b(8) Civil Service Commission: December 2 Correspondence - ITEM 4f(9) Bicycle Pedestrian access on Stephen Atkins Drive [Staff response included] ITEM 4f(10) Jason Everson: Stop the Next Minimum Wage Increase ITEM 4f(11) Craig Baumgartner, Army Corp of Engineers: Coralville Lake Regulation Manual updates Regular Agenda: ITEM 8. DOUGLASS STREET AND DOUGLASS COURT WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT PROJECT_ See additional correspondence ITEM 9. WORKFORCE HOUSING TAX CREDITS — See concept plan referenced in memo ITEM 11 GREENHOUSE GAS REDUCTION.fzOAL — See additional correspondence istoric Preservation Commission: November 10 MINUTES i .Q uLe Handouts Distributed PRELIMINARY HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION \ s 1 1 b NOVEMBER 10, 2016 '— EMMA J. HARVAT HALL (Date) MEMBERS PRESENT: Thomas Agran, Kevin Boyd, Zach Builta, Gosia Clore, Sharon DeGraw, Cecile Kuenzli, Pam Michaud, Ginalie Swaim, Frank Wagner MEMBERS ABSENT: Esther Baker, Andrew Litton STAFF PRESENT: Jessica Bristow OTHERS PRESENT: Will Downing, Chris Pisarik, Alicia Trimble RECOMMENDATIONS TO COUNCIL: (become effective only after separate Council action) CALL TO ORDER: Chairperson Swaim called the meeting to order at 4:30 p.m. COMMISSION AND PUBLIC SITE VISIT TO 724 RONALDS STREET: Bristow said the Commission will travel to 724 Ronalds Street. She said the property needs to be viewed to determine whether it is contributing or non-contributing. Bristow stated that up to two Commission members can ride in one vehicle. PUBLIC DISCUSSION OF ANYTHING NOT ON THE AGENDA: There was none. CERTIFICATE OF APPROPRIATENESS: 821 North Gilbert Street. Bristow said this property is in the Brown Street Historic District. She said the house was moved to this site in 1980 and may have been moved from the South Gilbert area. Bristow said it is unknown how old this house is. Bristow said the house has been a duplex, but the owner is making this a single-family home. Bristow said that for that reason, the owner wants to remove the spare door that is on the north side of the porch. Bristow said that in the past with a different owner, the Commission had approved rebuilding the columns and the balustrade on the porch. She said the work in the past had been started without any notification, and the pediment front was removed from the roof before the Commission knew about it. Bristow said the new owner now wants to remove the door. Bristow said staff has looked at examples of other houses of this type and style. She said that in most of those houses, this location where the door is to be removed would just be a wall. Bristow said the owner wants to HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 2 of 16 put a window in that location, so that there will be light coming into the area where stairs come down that side of the house. Bristow said staff found some examples where there is a window. She said the owner would like to put the window exactly in the opening in the door but with a really high sill, which would push it up against the corner board on the siding. Bristow showed photographs of examples of houses with windows next to the door. Bristow said staff has been working with the applicant to find a window similar to what the owner would like but one that is pulled a little away from the corner board so that there is a little bit of siding and relief between the window and the wall. Bristow showed a mockup of how the window could look. Bristow said that all of the trim would match, because all of the original windows, not storms, are on the house. She said the owner is seeking approval to certainly remove the door and to put the window in if she can afford it. Bristow said it will be more expensive to have a custom -sized window that does not go to the corner. She stated that cost is not something the Commission should consider, so she is trying to help the owner find a better solution. Bristow said that the window the owner provided has not necessarily been approved either. Bristow said staff wants to work with the owner to ensure the window used blends well with other existing, original windows. She said the owner wants to use something that is wood on the inside and the outside. Bristow said that staffs recommendation is to approve removing the door, whether a window is installed there or not. She said staff feels fairly strongly that the window should not extend all the way to the corner board but that the window should be approved eventually by staff or staff and the chair. Kuenzli said she thinks it looks terrific. Wagner asked if there is a window on the other side of the house. Bristow responded that there is not in that location. MOTION: Wagner moved to approve a certificate of appropriateness for the project at 821 North Gilbert as presented in the application with the following condition: the window product information is approved by staff to ensure it matches existing windows on the house. Clore seconded the motion. The motion carried on a vote of 9-0 (Baker and Litton absent). 1130 Sevmour Avenue Bristow said this property is the Longfellow School. She said the architect is available to answer questions after the presentation. Bristow showed the east facade, which is historically the front of the building, of the school. She said the architect of the building was J. L. Lockhart, and it was built in 1917. Bristow said that there were some additions to the west side of the school after World War II. Bristow stated that the Commission has approved several projects for the school in the past. She said that the architect is now working on extensive renovations to the interior finishes and proposes to replace all of the windows that are actually replacement windows with something HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 3 of 16 that would look more like the original window configuration. Bristow said the plan includes adding air conditioning, a stair tower in the back, and a larger gymnasium addition on the west side. Bristow showed an historic 1954 photograph of the building. She said it looks as though the windows are possibly nine or six over one. Bristow said the architect is still working on the configuration of the window panes for the new replacement windows. Bristow showed the current south facade of the school and the site plan. She said there would be an entrance on the west side of the building with a bus turn around and drop off. Bristow said that a lot of the emphasis for the front of the structure would return to the east side of the building. Bristow said the site plan shows an addition in the southwest corner. She showed the gymnasium addition along the west side, the stair tower location, and the classroom addition in the back. Bristow showed the existing plan with the 1940s addition. She said the proposed ground floor addition includes the area to the southwest, the connection point, athletic storage, and the gymnasium. Bristow said this is working toward cleaning up and making the corridor pass- through area clearer. She showed the elevator location. Bristow showed where the restrooms would be pulled out into a different area. Bristow showed the first level plan and the 1940s addition area. She said the original plan shows the reception and office area. Bristow said the new first level plan maintains the corridor area separate from the media center. She said the addition area contains an art and computer emphasis that has been moved from a lower level classroom. Bristow showed the stair tower in the plan and a new entry point. Bristow showed the second level plan. She said the proposed southwest addition does not continue up to the second level so that just roof is shown on the new plan. Bristow said the classroom added on in the back continues up to the second story. Bristow said this project resulted in a lot of discussion of Preservation Brief #14. She said the guidelines do not discuss a project of this scale, although the guidelines do discuss continuing horizontal emphasis, a semblance of the type of detailing one might find in the exterior materials, some semblance of rhythm, and making an addition subordinate to the main building. Bristow said those kinds of things still are really applicable to this kind of building, but Preservation Brief 14 talks more about commercial buildings and how to put an addition on to something larger than our typical residential structure and have it maintain the historic character of the building. She said that the existing east elevation will not be touched with this new addition. Bristow said everything is located behind. She said one sees the southwest addition protruding to the south and some of the new entry and the stair tower protruding to the north, but they do not overpower the existing building. Bristow said the material choice of brick will be complementary. She said there is some horizontal continuation with the head of the windows. Bristow said there is a change in the color of the brick banding between the floor levels that is continued. She said there is also an emphasis, seen more on the south elevation, where on the original building there were brick HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 4 of 16 piers that are very strong leading up from the ground to the cornice, and there is an attempt here to make a similar feeling in the modern construction. Bristow said it is not as detailed as the original construction, but it does speak to the design of that building. She added that the south addition is a story shorter, so it is subordinate in that way as well. Bristow showed the new south elevation. She said that staff talked to the architect about one of the important factors listed in Preservation Brief #14 that discusses including a change in the connection between the original building and the new building. Bristow said the Preservation Brief discusses this as a hyphen. She said the addition might step back, there might be a little area that steps back, or sometimes there is a change in the material. Bristow said that going back to the plan, one can see that they have added in something to maintain the corner of the building. She said the elevation has not been updated yet, but staff feels that change might show up a little better if there is a little bit of change of material. Bristow said staff has not spoken to the applicant since the change was made without anything having to do with the size or materiality of that hyphen. Referring to the 1940s addition, Bristow said it already was as tall as the original building. She said that some of the classroom shows in the back. Bristow showed the shorter addition that is being proposed in the front. Bristow said that from the southwest, one sees the addition. She said the entrances have been made of kind of a glass. Bristow showed the back of the building. She said it seems appropriate to staff that there is a greater simplification of the building on the back of it. Bristow said there is not a need to have the detail that there would be seen from the front. She said that to staff, this is an appropriate change. Bristow said this is also adding on to the 1940s addition, which is already significantly different from the original building. Bristow showed the view from the northwest, about as far in the back of the building as one can get from both of the street views, pointing out the stair addition, the classroom addition, and the gymnasium addition. Bristow showed the view from the north, which she said is really only visible from the back of some of the houses and from the playground area. She showed the stair addition, the classroom addition, and the other entry that is really only a ground floor entry but is a glass entry. Bristow showed the view from the northeast. Bristow said she had included a few images from Preservation Brief 14 that show the idea of a hyphen or building connector. She discussed the buildings in the photographs and the additions. Bristow said that at this point, staff feels this is definitely going in the right direction. She said she would like to see the hyphen area a little more fully developed. Bristow stated that because of the fact that at least the original drawings were in a schematic design and the project will have to go through design development and construction documents, staff feels that maybe having a final facade approval with staff and chair before the building permit is issued might be an appropriate way to look at this project as it continues through development. Swaim said she applauds the administration, the school board, and the architects for trying to come up with a workable way to rehabilitate an old neighborhood school. She said that it is an HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 5 of 16 historic building and part of a neighborhood. Swaim said it is a big, important project, and she appreciates all the detail it is being given. Downing said that he is the architect for this project. He said he thinks Bristow's analysis and description are right on for what is being proposed. Downing said that as a neighbor and parent at the school, he is glad the district has decided to put the time and effort into maintaining this neighborhood feature, rather than building new somewhere else. Downing said he had good discussions with Bristow and Miklo about the articulation of the new addition - the hyphen between the new and existing. He said he thinks the key to the design is maintaining the original 1917 building as a distinct and whole structure. Downing said he thinks that previous additions were sympathetic to the original building, and they want to keep that sympathy. Downing said they are stepping back from the principal facade, the east facade, with the addition, but as Bristow noted, the south facade that has become by default the main entrance because of the orientation of the streets that have grown up around the school, this portion has to go out to what are the zoning limits for expansion. He said they do not want to take up more of the playground and more of the sloped and treed areas to the north and west. Downing said that he and his firm are excited to be involved with the project. He said that Chris Pisarik, the principal, is available for questions. Pisarik thanked Downing and his team and the community for this exciting opportunity. He said that the staff and families are enthusiastic as well. Pisarik thanked the Commission for the time and effort spent on this. Swaim said it is nice to see the original east facade act that way again, with the faculty parking on that end. She said that is the way the architect wanted it to be, and it was built and designed that way. Kuenzli said that when the windows at City High School were changed, they were done so that they could not be opened from the top and only a little from the bottom. She said that it was incredibly hot. Kuenzli said that when one could open the windows from the top and bottom, there was air circulation, and air conditioning was not always needed. She asked if that would be a possibility in this building, where there are so many windows. Downing said that the proposed windows would be double hung windows, so they could be opened at the top and bottom. On a photograph of the original 1954 facade, he showed where, in the upper right, the sashes in the top are lowered and the lower ones brought up. Kuenzli said she applauds that the school is being saved and not being razed and replaced with something new. She said she loves the multiplication of windows that are going in most places. Kuenzli said, however, that she has a real problem with the west side and the view from the northwest. She said that these seem, in comparison to the other sides, just so massive. Kuenzli said that on the west side particularly, the tall, narrow windows remind her of a medieval, military structure with the arrow slits, rather than repeating the vertical lines, the pilasters, on the east side. She added that the mass is just so much more compared to the more gracious front with all the windows in it. HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 6 of 16 Kuenzli said it is important from the northwest also, because the neighborhood really uses that playing field. She said that to see those blank, solid brick walls, albeit with a few horizontal bands, is not welcoming and does not match the fenestration on the other side. Kuenzli asked if it would be possible to put some more windows there to relieve the mass of that part of the building. Bristow said that the existing northwest is actually windowless. Downing said that the gymnasium addition is not as tall. He said that the tall portion is actually the back side of the post -WWII addition to the building. Downing said the lower portion in front of that comprises the addition. Kuenzli said, regarding the section to the left, that there is not a window in it. Downing said they could certainly consider detailing of the brick. Kuenzli asked if there could be more fenestration. Downing said a window was added for the office since the initial plan. Regarding the upper levels, he said he would have to look at the layout of classrooms to see if it is appropriate. Downing said that large window walls limit the classroom wall capabilities, but he could look at that. Swaim asked if there is any landscaping on that side of the building. Downing said that currently it is a wide, asphalt parking lot. He said that the addition will come nearly half way into that, and it will be reduced to a 24 -foot -wide driveway. Downing said the amount of asphalt will be reduced on the west side of the building and the required screening will be added. Kuenzli asked what the well field indicates. Downing replied that the building is intended to be heated and cooled with a geothermal system. He said the well field refers to the horizontal well for the geothermal system. Downing said that will just go under the soccer field. Kuenzli said she feels that some windows would lighten up the mass of the addition. Downing responded that the gymnasium is being designed as a storm shelter, so larger windows there would be technically difficult and perhaps detrimental to the shelter feature. Michaud said she was concerned about the glass stairway on the southwest side. She said it seems vulnerable to the frequent straight line winds that we have. Downing said that as a glass curtain wall, it will be not unlike a lot of buildings in Iowa City that have glass as an entry feature. Downing said that the stairway is not in the glass enclosure; it is a vestibule. Agran said he thinks this is great and offers a lot of improvement over some bad things that are currently there. Regarding the southwest addition, he said that the little building off to the side is really prominent from the street. Agran said there is a lot that has been echoed from the original building, and it may be ornamentally subordinate to the main building. He said it seems to him that there is no cornice or cornice ornamentation. Agran said that on the main building, right above all the windows, there is an alteration to the roofline that echoes all of that. He suggested that the small section, while subordinate to the main building, is really visible from the street and could have a little bit more ornamentation to tie it into the building a little bit better. Agran said the same would be for the limestone lintel that is part of the band or sill that goes around. HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 7 of 16 Agran asked if, in the current building, the upper portions of the windows are blocked out because of a drop ceiling. Downing confirmed this. Agran asked if the original ceiling heights will be restored as part of that, with the original amount of light coming in. Downing answered that the geothermal system will have a heat pump in each room so that each room can be individually controlled for temperature. He said that there will be duct work that needs to go up and distribute above a ceiling. Downing said that in the original building, the classroom size was from floor structure to the bottom of the floor structure above. He said that because of the need for moving air, some ceiling space will be required. Downing stated that the ceilings will be lower than the top of the window opening and slightly higher than they are now. He said they want to get rid of the opaque panels at the top of the windows and have the clear portion of the window go all the way up. Boyd asked if there is an ability to add that hyphen kind of space in the plan. Downing confirmed this. He said he is working on that connection. Downing said the renderings of three- dimensional views have not been updated yet, but he has been working on that plan. Agran said it is hard to tell the size of the hyphen. Agran said he is of the opinion that the change, if there is that little hyphen, a shadow line that is created by that, it is enough. He said he does not think it needs to be a separate material. Builta said he noticed that a lot of the hyphens in Preservation Brief #14 were windows. He said he thought that was really beautiful. Builta said it made it obvious that it was a change of building but did not take away from the original. He said they are like mostly windows. Downing said that is a possibility and is under consideration. Boyd asked if the Commission would see updates as new drawings are produced, the windows are figured out, etc. Bristow said there are multiple ways this could go, kind of depending on the architect's schedule for the project. She said that the Commission could rule that it wants to see updated drawings and have this back at a future meeting. Bristow said that otherwise, it could be something where staff works with the applicant, and perhaps staff and the chair approve what has been done. She said that way the applicant can get initial approval. Boyd asked, if the Commission approves this subject to staff and chair review, would the Commission see updates at some point. Bristow replied that staff would definitely show the Commission updated drawings in the future once they are received. DeGraw asked about the east entrance and the place marked storage. Downing said that when the building was constructed, that was the main entrance, and the little slit that says storage was a stair that went up to the first floor and down to the lower level. DeGraw said it seems like it would be a more inviting entrance if it just wasn't there and was a space that one could walk into. Downing said that one can still come in and out of that entrance, but because of handicapped accessibility, it cannot be the main entrance to the building. Clore said she is very excited about the proposal. She said it looks great. MOTION: Agran moved to approve a certificate of appropriateness for the project at 1130 Seymour Avenue as presented in the application with the following conditions: the HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 8 of 16 "hyphen" is more fully developed as a visual break between old and new portions and approved by staff and chair, and staff is consulted during design development if details that could impact the appearance of the new addition as visible from the south or west arise to ensure some adherence to principles found in Preservation Brief 14, with final approval of elevation drawings by staff and chair prior to issuance of building permit. Michaud seconded the motion. The motion carried on a vote of 9-0 (Baker and Litton absent. 429 Ronalds Street. Bristow said this property is in the Goose Town/Horace Mann Conservation District. She said the Commission approved the porch addition to this house last spring. Bristow said the Commission also approved removing a door and replacing it with a window. Bristow stated that the owner currently has an application in for a storage building. She said that the storage building is a 12 by 12 square. Bristow said that if that was all it was, it would not come to the Commission for review. She said that the fact that it has a second -story play area increases its square footage so that it does come under Commission review. Bristow said that like any outbuilding in a district, it is intended to be like a simple garage -type or barnlike structure. She stated that the house has a hip roof with gable projections, so the fact that this would have a hip roof would be appropriate for this. Bristow said the shingles would match what new shingles would be, which is also appropriate. Bristow stated that staff feels the T111 siding is not appropriate and that a way to improve that may actually be to modify it into a board and batten type of siding. She showed photographs of some of the typical garage -like structures, although this is not big enough to be a garage. Bristow said that two-story outbuilding structures would typically have a full second story so that there would not be a break in the roofline. She said staff feels that in this instance, because of the fact that it is appropriately located, with appropriate setbacks, and is on the back of the property, it is still close enough to the neighboring house so that having the smaller footprint on the second story minimizes the amount that it blocks views from the other house. Bristow said that while it may have a different appearance, it allows views from the other house more than one would typically see. Bristow stated that the window is currently a white, vinyl window. She said there is also one on the opposite side. Bristow said that since this is a play structure, by code it is allowed to have a ladder. She said staff feels that is less obtrusive than a massive stair. Bristow said the railing does not meet code but certainly looks more like a tree house railing than a big, formal porch railing, so staff does not necessarily find the railing to be inappropriate. She said that at the same time, the homeowner realizes that he has not met the guidelines with this particular railing. Bristow showed the railing as it exists. She showed an example of an appropriate railing, according to the guidelines. Bristow said staff recommends, while this is a little unusual, approving a certificate of appropriateness for the structure, modifying the siding in some way, and painting or replacing HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 9 of 16 the window with a darker color so that it blends away into the background instead of standing out, could be appropriate. Kuenzli asked how this got built. She said that if she were a neighbor, she would be really upset. Kuenzli said that putting battens on the siding will not make it less objectionable, but the worst part of it is the railing. Bristow said staff was told that the owner inquired about this but was told that approval was not required for 144 square feet. She said that perhaps the second level was decided on mid - project. Bristow said that because it cannot really be judged with the fact that it is built, it needs to be judged as if it were planned. She said that if it did not have a second story at all, it would not need to come before the Commission. Clore asked, if the second floor was open like a tree house, would the square footage still be included in the 144. Bristow said she does not know all of the building code issues that come up with this, but the building officials have agreed that it is a playhouse on the second level so that it can have a ladder instead of a formal set of stairs. She said that as it is, it does not break any of the actual building or zoning codes but the square footage does count and is added to the 144.. Swaim said she agrees with Kuenzli about the railing. She asked if they can be trimmed off to the height of the horizontal and if they exceed below the floor of the porch. Swaim said they are way too visible and too big. Bristow said that it is attached a lot like the non -acceptable deck railing that is seen in the guidelines. She said staff pointed that out to the applicant right away - that the railing was in no way meeting the guidelines. Bristow said the spacing is tighter than one would want. She said the attachment along the side does not meet the guidelines. She stated that if this met the guidelines, there would be an obvious top and bottom rail and some corner posts. Swaim said she would like to see some changes to the railing. Builta said that had this not already been built, it would never have come before the Commission without staff telling the owner to make adjustments. Michaud suggested that the rail be modified so that every other post is gone or it is more in keeping with the period of the house. She said that it is a street view of an aggressive kind of fort. Bristow said it is on the corner along Van Buren. Swaim said she thinks the battens would improve it in the sense of making it sort of like a barn. She said that the current siding is in no way appropriate. Agran said the real question is whether the Commission would approve of this. He said if he were looking at just the building, disregarding the railing that is on there, he would see that the siding would not be approved. Agran said that painting will make this stand out less and tie it all together. Agran said that if the railing was not there at all, and it just had that kind of cupola on top, he would say that it is an odd little outbuilding, but it would not have to look perfect. He said he agreed with the suggestion to change the siding and felt it could be changed to lap siding to match the house as an improvement over board and batten. Agran said the Commission should HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 10 of 16 ask that the railing on the balcony be done exactly to what the specifications are, which would be separate posts with railings in between them. Agran said that if the building was not already constructed, the Commission would probably not approve the cupola as it was built. He said he did not think the Commission can say to change everything. Agran said he believes the Commission would not have approved that little deck sticking off the top of that little shed. Bristow said the Commission very clearly has to review this as if it wasn't there. She said one would want to think that this project is for a small, square twelve by twelve building where the owner wants to put a cupola on top of it. Bristow said that if the Commission wants to approve that with conditions, perhaps a condition might be a requirement that it be centered or that if it has a deck, that its railing is a certain way or that it has a certain siding. She said these things are certainly within the guidelines, and there is no reason to not go with what the guidelines require. Wagner said he agrees completely with Agran. Wagner said that the board and batten thing would make it go vertical. He said the owner doesn't have to take off the T111 siding but just nail fiber cement board on it. Wagner said that would bring it down and give it a horizontal effect. He said he would recommend painting it white and making the railing look like it should. Wagner said that it might look like a charming playhouse back there instead of an shed. Swaim stated that she likes the idea of the lap siding better than board and batten. Michaud said that if the railing is scaled down but still safe, it would be better. Swaim asked what the door material is. Bristow responded that it is wood. Boyd asked, if this had come before the Commission before being built, could the Commission recommend against it facing the street. Bristow replied that frequently the Commission deals with garages, so then the garage must be oriented in such a way that the owner can get a car in. Trimble said that when she was on the Commission and garages were reviewed, the Commission told the applicant where the pedestrian door should be. She said she thinks the Commission could have said the cupola was acceptable but had to look like a cupola, but if this was to be a playhouse, the ladder would have to be on the back. Trimble said that things are allowed on the backs of houses that are not allowed on fronts of houses. Agran said he thinks that since there is not a rule about this and this came before the Commission, the Commission may have said it would be good if this was oriented in a different direction but might not have required that. He said it is important to not set a bad precedent while also not setting a bad reputation for the Commission. MOTION: Wagner moved to approve a certificate of appropriateness for the project at 429 Ronalds Street as presented in the application with the following conditions: the siding material be modified with either fiber cement board or wood with a four -inch reveal, as is on the house, horizontally, and painted; and that the balcony be changed to match the guidelines and be painted and approved by staff and chair. Clore seconded the motion. The motion carried on a vote of 9-0 (Baker and Litton absent). HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 11 of 16 Kuenzli asked what happens if the owner decides not to make these changes, since the Commission does not have enforcement power. Trimble replied that the owner would receive a notification from the City that the City has ordered that this be changed. She said she believes the owner can eventually be fined, but it is possible that nothing could happen. Agran said these homeowners won an award for their porch. He said he believes this was an innocent mistake. Agran said if they built the porch the way it was built, the owners will do the right thing with regard to this structure. CONSIDERATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRIBUTION STATUS FOR 724 RONALDS STREET. Bristow said that it has come up that this property is banked -owned, and there will be a sheriffs sale in the future. She said there are three potential projects that could occur. Bristow said the property could be just sold and rehabbed. She said the property could be sold, and if the house could come down, a single-family home could be built there. Bristow said it would come to the Commission to determine if the house could be demolished and to approve the new design. She said that approving something in the scale and style of the neighborhood would fall to the Commission. Bristow said another possibility is that this 80 by 150 -foot lot could be split in two, and two single-family affordable or market rate homes could be built. She stated that both of those homes again would come before the Commission for design approval, and demolition approval of the present house would be required. Bristow said the decision to split the lot would not have to come before the Commission. Bristow said that on October 17, she and Wagner visited the property. She said that one of the conditions for demolition is that the property be structurally unsound. Bristow said that she and Wagner had a brief and cursory view of the house and determined that the house was not obviously structurally unsound, although someone could take the time to do a greater structural evaluation. She said that with doubts about that, however, the only way the house could come down otherwise would be if it was determined to be a noncontributing structure. Bristow said that because there have been questions about the amount of historic material that is still evident or existing with this house, it is put to the Commission for a vote. She said that the contribution status of a property can change. Bristow said that is part of the reason why there are conservation districts, in case a house could be improved to contributing. She added that a house can be remodeled so that it is no longer contributing. Bristow showed images of the house and the location of the house in the Brown Street Historic District. She said that the front extension was added at some point before this was a historic district. Bristow said the little bay on one side was also added and showed an area that may have been added. Bristow said that at some point within the past couple of decades, the house was completely raised up and the foundation was completely rebuilt under the house. She said that the 1933 Sanborn fire insurance map shows the addition off the back, so it is possible that an addition was historic on this house. HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 12 of 16 Bristow said the current property information shows the extra bump outs and the area under the porch. She said it is difficult to determine how much of that footprint is original. Bristow said, however, that it is known that the foundation was completely redone, the windows have all been replaced, and the siding has been replaced. Bristow said the existing garage was not the original garage but was built in 1979. She showed the original garage that no longer exists. Bristow said the existing garage is in completely dilapidated condition and would not need any approval to be demolished. She said it is not contributing and is not in good condition. Bristow showed the 1868 bird's eye view. She showed what is believed to be the house in question and said the house may have been built as early as 1860. Bristow showed other views of the house, including the addition out under the porch. She said the survey form in the packet discusses the 1980s siding. Bristow said that one of the 1970s surveys talks about this as an Italianate cottage. She said one does not see any Italianate details, although if it was built in 1868 it could have had Italianate details. Bristow said there is also discussion of the house having a simple, Italianate porch, which one no longer sees. Bristow said the point of this is not to decide whether or not this will come down, because there is no definite condition there. She said the decision is whether or not this is a contributing structure as it is or not. Bristow said staff feels that it is acceptable for the Commission to make that decision, partly because the guidelines give the Commission room to vote on that. Bristow said that Marlys Svendsen report for this district she discusses conditions and whether or not a house has been remodeled to the point where it is no longer contributing. Bristow said that Svendsen looked at the house said that it was contributing, although it is possible Svendsen's look at this particular house was very brief, because she does not talk about it individually in any way. Bristow said that given its age, it seems like she would have discussed the house if it was really contributing. Boyd asked if there is an application for this. Bristow said the City asked her to present it to the Commission for a vote. Kuenzli said she thinks the house is charming and quirky, and if the Commission can accept what it just accepted over on Ronalds Street, then this hands down is contributing to something of the character of the neighborhood. Agran said that, based on what he read in the report and what he saw in the house, the only things that are original on this building that are left are the studs and rafters on 50% of the structure. He said that the Commission talks a lot about things that change something in unrecognizable ways. Agran said this has all non-contributing windows and additions. He said the siding is all new, and the original ornamentation of the building is gone as far as is understood. Agran said that while he also finds it to be a charming building in a lot of ways, if the Commission is being asked about whether it is contributing or not, there is really nothing left HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 13 of 16 except for the skeleton of the house that is contributing, and that includes the foundation as well. Builta said he agreed. DeGraw said she finds the building to be charming. She wondered if there is a way to divide the lot so that a structure could be built behind the house. Bristow said that would have to be a separate application. She said that the lot would have to be divided side by side if it is to be divided. Bristow said the Commission needs to decide at this point if the house is contributing. She suggested the Commission look at if there is anything original at all. Swaim said that if that neighborhood were surveyed today, she does not believe this house would be called contributing by any stretch. She said there may not be very much of anything that is still historic. Trimble said that the maple flooring in the house is original. Kuenzli said there are other small cottages in the neighborhood. She said that it contributes by its scale. Swaim asked how much of the house seen today is true to what the house was a century ago. Builta stated that there are additions from the last 50 years on all four sides of the house. Swaim said the question here is if this is a contributing structure. Boyd asked if anything on the house has changed since the original designation. Bristow answered that the foundation, the bump out on the west side, and the front part has all been changed. She said that Svendsen's discussion of increasing the district was in 2004. Bristow said the survey form is from 1997. She said the surveys that discuss the house as an Italianate cottage are from 1977 and 1988. Bristow said that she does not know the exact dates of any of the other work. Swaim reminded the Commission that nothing could be built on the lot without Commission approval. She said that any structure would have to fit into the neighborhood. Bristow said the only possibilities for this house are the three listed in the memo plus the idea of someone buying the property and rehabbing it. She said there could not be anything but a single -family home on the property or two single -family homes, should the property be divided. Michaud recused herself from voting on any motion regarding this property. Swaim said she would vote that this house is non-contributing, because there is nothing there that is still contributing. Wagner, Agran, and Boyd agreed. Kuenzli said she would vote to keep this as contributing. She said that it has natural, horizontal siding, as a cottage would have had. MOTION: Agran moved to consider the property at 724 Ronaids Street as a contributing structure. Wagner seconded. The motion failed on a vote of 1-5, Kuenzli voting in favor; HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 14 of 16 REPORTS ON CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY CHAIR AND STAFF: Certificate of No Material Effect - Chair and Staff Review. 715 Linn Street. Bristow said this house in the North Side Historic District will be re-shingled and have new gutters put on. 741 Dearborn Street. Bristow said this house will have the front steps replaced. 212 South Johnson Street. Bristow said this house is being reroofed with red shingles to match existing. She said the porch roof is metal that was removed without any discussion, and it will be replaced with EPDM. 1147 Maple Street. Bristow said this house is a non-contributing structure that will be reroofed. Minor Review - Staff Review. 415 North Governor Street. Bristow said this house was discovered with non-approved railings. She said they will be redone. Bristow said the columns would not be replaced at this time, because they were there before the railing was changed. She added that the new railing will be painted and will meet the guidelines. CONSIDERATION OF MINUTES FOR OCTOBER 13,2016: MOTION: Wagner moved to approve the minutes of the Historic Preservation Commission's October 13, 2016 meeting, as written. Agran seconded the motion. The motion carried on a vote of 7-0 (Baker, Clore, DeGraw. and Litton absent). COMMISSION INFORMATION AND DISCUSSION: Preservation Summit 2016, Recap and Information Swaim said that DeGraw was going to give her thoughts on the Preservation Summit so that will be postponed to the next meeting. 34th Annual Historic Preservation Awards Swaim reminded Commission members that the Preservation Awards will be held on January 19. HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION November 10, 2016 Page 15 of 16 Swaim said that the Fisk Reception was a great success. She thanked Builta for his work on this. Swaim said that Doug Jones, an archaeologist at the State Historic Preservation Office, died earlier in the week. Swaim said that Jones was instrumental in researching anything related to the Underground Railroad in the State and the abolition of slavery. She said he added exponentially to what we know about a really important period in history. ADJOURNMENT: The meeting was adjourned at 7:09 p.m Minutes submitted by Anne Schulte HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION ATTENDANCE RECORD 2016-2017 NAME TERM EXP. 12/10 1/14 2/11 2/25 3/12 4114 5/12 6/9 7/14 8111 9/8 10/13 11/10 AGRAN, THOMAS 3/29117 X O/E O/E X X O/E X X 0/E O/E X X X BAKER, ESTHER 3/29/18 X X X X X X X X X X X X BOYD, KEVIN 3/29/17 — — — — — — — — — — X X X BUILTA, ZACH 3/29/19 — — — -- — X X X X X X X X CLORE, GOSIA 3/29117 X O/E X O/E X X X O/E X X X X DEGRAW, SHARON 3129119 — -- --- --- -- X X X X O/E X X KUENZLI, CECILE 3/29/19 — — — O/E O/E X X X X X X LITTON, ANDREW 3129117 X X X X X X O/E 0/E X O/E X X MICHAUD, PAM 3/29/18 X X X X X X X X X O/E X X X SANDELL, BEN 3/29/17 O/E X X X X X X X X — — — SWAIM, GINALIE 3/29/18 X X X X X X X X X X X X WAGNER, FRANK 3/29/18 X X X X X X X X X X X X KEY: X = Present O = Absent O/E = Absent/Excused — = Not a Member